2 होली की विशेष सौगात फरिश्ता ड्रेस रोज बीच-बीच में धारण करना और पुराने संस्कारों की होली जलाना hōlī|holy key|kī viśhēṣh saugāt phariśhtā dress rōj bīch-bīch mē̃ dhāraṇ karnā aur purānē saṅskārō̃ key|kī hōlī|holy jalānā hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress rōz bīch-bīch mē̃[x] dhāraṇ karnā[x] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special gift angel dress day x adopt[x] and old sanskar (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) burn[inf.m.sg.d.]
1Every day, wear the angelic dress, the special gift of Holi every now and then and burn the Holi of old sanskars.
3आज होलीएस्ट बाप अपने होली बच्चों से होली मनाने आये हैं . āj holiest bāp apnē hōlī|holy bachchō̃ sē hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āj holiest[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today holiest father one’s own (Holi|holy) child from (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, the holiest Father has come to celebrate Holi with His holy children.
4सभी बच्चे होली बच्चे हैं . sabhī bachchē hōlī|holy bachchē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all child (Holi|holy) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
3All the children are holy children.
5आप सब भी होली मनाने आये हैं . āp sab bhī hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you all too (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
4All of you have also come to celebrate Holi.
6सोचो आप होली आत्माओं के ऊपर कौन सा रंग लगा जो होली बन गये ! sōchō āp hōlī|holy ātmāō̃ kē ūpar kaun sā raṅg lagā jō hōlī|holy ban gayē ! sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] kaun sā[x] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you (Holi|holy) soul over which (x[root]|colour) (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) that (Holi|holy) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !
5Just think about which colour you holy souls are coloured with that you have become holy.
7रंग तो अनेक हैं लेकिन आपके ऊपर कौन सा रंग लगा ? raṅg tō anēk haĩ lēkin āpkē ūpar kaun sā raṅg lagā ? raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar kaun sā[x] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? (x[root]|colour) then many be[pres.pl.12hon3] but you[.kē] over which (x[root]|colour) (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ?
6There are many colours but which colour are you coloured with?
8सबसे श्रेष्ठ रंग कौन सा है जिससे आप होली बन गये ? sabsē śhrēṣhṭh raṅg kaun sā hai jissē āp hōlī|holy ban gayē ? sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? the most elevated (x[root]|colour) which be[pres.sg.23] that[.sē] you (Holi|holy) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
7What is the most elevated colour with which you have become holy?
9सबसे बड़े ते बड़ा रंग है परमात्म संग का रंग . sabsē baṛē tē baṛā raṅg hai paramātma saṅg kā raṅg . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . the most very from very (x[root]|colour) be[pres.sg.23] Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) .
8The greatest colour of all is the colour of God's company.
10तो परमात्म संग का रंग लगने से सहज होली बन गये क्योंकि परमात्म संग अविनाशी संग का रंग है और रंग तो थोड़े समय के लिए होता लेकिन परमात्म संग का रंग लगने से सहज ही होली अर्थात् पवित्र बन गये . tō paramātma saṅg kā raṅg lagnē sē sahaj hōlī|holy ban gayē kyōṅki paramātma saṅg avināśhī saṅg kā raṅg hai aur raṅg tō thōṛē samay kē liē hōtā lēkin paramātma saṅg kā raṅg lagnē sē sahaj hī hōlī|holy arthāt pavitra ban gayē . tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] kyōṅki paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt pavitr[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from easy (Holi|holy) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] because Supreme Soul company imperishable company of (x[root]|colour) be[pres.sg.23] and (x[root]|colour) then short time for be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from easy only (Holi|holy) that is pure become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
9You have easily become holy by being coloured with God's company because God's colour is the colour of imperishable company. 10Other colours are only for a short time, but, by being coloured with the colour of God's company, you have easily become holy, that is, pure.
11आत्मा का रंग अपवित्रता से पवित्र बन गया क्योंकि आप सबने परमात्मा को अपना कम्पैनियन बना लिया कम्पनी बना लिया इसलिए कम्बाइन्ड हो गये . ātmā kā raṅg apavitratā sē pavitra ban gayā kyōṅki āp sabnē paramātmā kō apnā companion banā liyā company banā liyā isliē combined hō gayē . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sabnē paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] companion bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] company bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] isliē combined hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . soul of (x[root]|colour) impurity from pure become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] because you x Supreme Soul to (one’s own|adopt[root]) x (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) company (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) therefore combined be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
11The colour of souls has become pure from impure because all of you have made God your Companion; you have sought His company and this is why you have become combined.
12यह कम्बाइन्ड स्वरूप प्यारा लगता है ना ! yah combined svarūp pyārā lagtā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] combined svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! this combined form loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
12You love this combined form, do you not?
13यह कम्बाइन्ड रूप कभी भी अलग नहीं हो सकता . yah combined rūp kabhī bhī alag nahī̃ hō saktā . yah[pn.sg.d.] combined rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this combined Rup ever too separate not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
13This combined form can never be separated.
14अनुभव है ना ! anubhav hai nā ! anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
14You have this experience, do you not?
15सदा कम्बाइन्ड रहते हो ना ! sadā combined rahtē hō nā ! sadā combined rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! constantly combined remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
15You remain constantly combined, do you not?
16अकेले नहीं . akēlē nahī̃ . akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . alone not .
16Not alone.
17माया अकेले करने की कोशिश करती है लेकिन जो सदा कम्बाइन्ड रहने वाले हैं वह कभी भी अलग हो नहीं सकता क्योंकि माया अलग करके फिर पुराने संस्कार को इमर्ज करती है और पुराने संस्कार इमर्ज हो जाते हैं तो शुद्ध संस्कार मर्ज हो जाते हैं . māyā akēlē karnē key|kī kōśhiśh kartī hai lēkin jō sadā combined rahnē vālē haĩ vah kabhī bhī alag hō nahī̃ saktā kyōṅki māyā alag karkē phir purānē saṅskār kō emerge kartī hai aur purānē saṅskār emerge hō jātē haĩ tō śhuddha saṅskār merge hō jātē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] sadā combined rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] alag[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō śhuddh[x] saṅskār[x] merge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Maya alone do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) try do[pres.sg.f.23] but that constantly combined remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that ever too separate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] because Maya separate do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) old sanskar to emerge do[pres.sg.f.23] and old sanskar emerge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then pure sanskar merge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
17Maya tries to isolate you, but those who always remain combined can never be separated. 18Maya isolates you and then makes your old sanskars emerge and when the old sanskars emerge, the pure sanskars become merged.
18पुराने संस्कार है अलबेलापन और आलस्य यह भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में इमर्ज होने से कम्बाइन्ड रूप अलग हो जाता है . purānē saṅskār hai albēlāpan aur ālasya yah bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ emerge hōnē sē combined rūp alag hō jātā hai . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] combined rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . old sanskar be[pres.sg.23] carelessness and laziness this different Rup in emerge be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from combined Rup separate be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
19The old sanskars are of carelessness and laziness. 20When these emerge in various forms, the combined form becomes separated.
19तो हर एक अपने को चेक करो कि सदा कम्बाइन्ड रहते हैं वा कभी अकेले भी हो जाते हैं ? tō har ēk apnē kō check karō ki sadā combined rahtē haĩ vā kabhī akēlē bhī hō jātē haĩ ? tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sadā combined rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vā kabhī[adv.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ? then each one one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that constantly combined remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or ever alone too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
21So, each one of you should check yourself to see whether you always remain combined or whether you become separated.
20माया के अनेक स्वरूपों को तो जान गये हो ना ! māyā K|kē anēk svarūpō̃ kō tō jān gayē hō nā ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anēk[adj.] svarūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō jānnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā ! Maya (K|of) many form to then know[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ !
22You now know the many forms of Maya, do you not?
21वह चतुराई से अपना रंग लगा देती है . vah chaturāī sē apnā raṅg lagā dētī hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . that x from (one’s own|adopt[root]) (x[root]|colour) (x[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|attach[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
23She cleverly colours you with her colour.
22अलग होना अर्थात् माया के रंग में रंगना . alag hōnā arthāt māyā K|kē raṅg mē̃ raṅgnā . alag[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . separate be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is Maya (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
24To be separated means to be coloured with Maya's colour.
23यह अलबेलापन आलस्य बहुत भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से आता है . yah albēlāpan ālasya bahut bhinn-bhinn rūp sē ātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this carelessness laziness very different Rup from come[pres.sg.m.23] .
25This carelessness and laziness come in many forms.
24उसको पहचानने के लिए माया अपने तरफ आकर्षित कर देती है और बच्चे भी यह अलबेलापन और आलस्य जो रावण का खज़ाना है यह बाप का खज़ाना नही है रावण के खज़ाने को बड़े नशे से कहते हैं कि मैं चाहता नहीं हूँ चाहती नहीं हूँ लेकिन मेरा संस्कार है . uskō pahchānnē kē liē māyā apnē taraph ākarṣhit kar dētī hai aur bachchē bhī yah albēlāpan aur ālasya jō rāvaṇ kā khazānā hai yah bāp kā khazānā nahī hai rāvaṇ K|kē khazānē kō baṛē naśhē sē kahtē haĩ ki maĩ chāhtā nahī̃ hū̃ chāhtī nahī̃ hū̃ lēkin mērā saṅskār hai . vah[pn.sg.kō] pahchānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] chāhnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kō] recognise[inf.m.pl.,o.] for Maya one’s own direction attracted do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] and child too this carelessness and laziness that Ravan of treasure be[pres.sg.23] this father of treasure not be[pres.sg.23] Ravan (K|of) treasure to very intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.1] x[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.1] but I[.kā] sanskar be[pres.sg.23] .
26Maya attracts you towards herself through carelessness and laziness which are the treasures of Ravan. 27They are not the Father's treasures, but the children refer to Ravan's treasures with great intoxication and say: I didn't wish to, but that is my sanskar.
25संस्कार मेरा कहने लगते हैं . saṅskār mērā kahnē lagtē haĩ . saṅskār[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . sanskar I[.kā] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .
28They begin to say that those are their sanskars.
26क्या यह परमात्म खज़ाना है ? kyā yah paramātma khazānā hai ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what this Supreme Soul treasure be[pres.sg.23] ?
29Are these God's treasures?
27या रावण का खज़ाना है ? yā rāvaṇ kā khazānā hai ? yā rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or Ravan of treasure be[pres.sg.23] ?
30Or are they Ravan's treasures?
28उसको मेरा संस्कार कहना सोचो राइट है ? uskō mērā saṅskār kahnā sōchō right hai ? vah[pn.sg.kō] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that[.kō] I[.kā] sanskar say[inf.m.sg.d.] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] right be[pres.sg.23] ?
31Just think about it: Is it right to say that they are your sanskars?
29मेरा बना देना यह माया की चतुराई है . mērā banā dēnā yah māyā key|kī chaturāī hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . I[.kā] (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] this Maya (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] .
32To make them yours is Maya's cleverness.
30बाप का खज़ाना प्यारा है या यह रावण का खज़ाना प्यारा है ? bāp kā khazānā pyārā hai yā yah rāvaṇ kā khazānā pyārā hai ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā yah[pn.sg.d.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? father of treasure loving be[pres.sg.23] or this Ravan of treasure loving be[pres.sg.23] ?
33Are the Father's treasures lovely or are Ravan's treasures lovely?
31कामन रीति से बच्चे अपने को छुडाने के लिए कह देते हैं मेरा संस्कार है चाहती नहीं हूँ . common rīti sē bachchē apnē kō chhuḍānē kē liē kah dētē haĩ mērā saṅskār hai chāhtī nahī̃ hū̃ . common rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chhuṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . x way from child one’s own to free[inf.m.pl.,o.] for say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] I[.kā] sanskar be[pres.sg.23] x[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.1] .
34In a common way, in order to free themselves, children say, "My sanskars are like that. 35I didn't wish to do that."
32तो सोचो क्या यह मेरा है ! tō sōchō kyā yah mērā hai ! tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what this I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] !
36Just think: Are they "mine"?
33बाप कहते हैं कि रावण के खज़ाने को अपना बनाने से धीरे-धीरे जो शुभ संस्कार हैं वह समाप्त होते जाते हैं . bāp kahtē haĩ ki rāvaṇ K|kē khazānē kō apnā banānē sē dhīrē-dhīrē jō śhubh saṅskār haĩ vah samāpt hōtē jātē haĩ . bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] dhīrē jō[pn.;d.] śhubh[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . the Father says that Ravan (K|of) treasure to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x that pure and positive sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that finished be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . 34परमात्म संग का रंग ढीला होता जाता है और माया का रंग इमर्ज हो जाता है . paramātma saṅg kā raṅg ḍhīlā hōtā jātā hai aur māyā kā raṅg emerge hō jātā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) x be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] and Maya of (x[root]|colour) emerge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
37The Father says that by making Ravan's treasures yours, your pure sanskars also gradually finish: the colour of God's company begins to fade away and Maya's colour begins to emerge.
35तो चलते-चलते अपने को ही चेक करना है कौन सा रंग चढ़ा हुआ है ? tō chaltē-chaltē apnē kō hī check karnā hai kaun sā raṅg chaṛhā huā hai ? tō chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kaun sā[x] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chaṛhānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one’s own to only check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] which (x[root]|colour) (climb[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
38So, whilst moving along, you have to check yourself to see which colour you are coloured with.
36लोग भी होली में क्या करते हैं ? lōg bhī hōlī|holy mē̃ kyā kartē haĩ ? log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? people too (Holi|holy) in what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
39What do people do at Holi?
37पहले बुराई को जलाते हैं फिर रंग लगाते हैं मनाते हैं . pahlē burāī kō jalātē haĩ phir raṅg lagātē haĩ manātē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] burāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) bad thing to burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) (x[root]|colour) attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
40They first burn away the bad things and then colour one another; they celebrate.
38तो आपके ऊपर बापदादा ने संग का रंग तो लगाया लेकिन साथ में ज्ञान का रंग शक्तियों का रंग गुणों का रंग वह लगाता रहता है . tō āpkē ūpar bāpdādā nē saṅg kā raṅg tō lagāyā lēkin sāth mē̃ gyān kā raṅg śhaktiyō̃ kā raṅg guṇō̃ kā raṅg vah lagātā rahtā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar bāpdādā nē[postp.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then you[.kē] over BapDada ∅ company of (x[root]|colour) then attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] but with in knowledge of (x[root]|colour) Shakti of (x[root]|colour) virtue of (x[root]|colour) that attach[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
41BapDada has coloured you with the colour of His company, and, together with that, He also continues to colour you with the colours of knowledge, powers and virtues.
39तो सभी के ऊपर यह रूहानी रंग चढ़ा हुआ है ना ! tō sabhī kē ūpar yah rūhānī raṅg chaṛhā huā hai nā ! tō sab[adv.hī] kē ūpar[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chaṛhānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! then all over this spiritual (x[root]|colour) (climb[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ! 40चढ़ा है ? chaṛhā hai ? chaṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? climb[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
42So, all of you are coloured with this spiritual colour, are you not?
41हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
43Raise your hands!
42रूहानी रंग चढ़ गया , उतरने वाला तो नहीं है ना ! rūhānī raṅg chaṛh gayā , utarnē vālā tō nahī̃ hai nā ! rūhānī[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , utarnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! spiritual (x[root]|colour) climb[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , go down[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
44You have been coloured with the spiritual colour. 45It will never fade away, will it?
43जिसके ऊपर रूहानी रंग चढ़ गया , अविनाशी रंग चढ़ गया , उसके ऊपर और कोई रंग लग नहीं सकता . jiskē ūpar rūhānī raṅg chaṛh gayā , avināśhī raṅg chaṛh gayā , uskē ūpar aur kōī raṅg lag nahī̃ saktā . jō[pn.sg.kē] ūpar rūhānī[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , avināśhī[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] ūpar aur kōī[x] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that[.kē] over spiritual (x[root]|colour) climb[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , imperishable (x[root]|colour) climb[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , of that[.kē] over someone else (x[root]|colour) x[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
46Those who are coloured with the imperishable spiritual colour cannot be coloured with any other colour.
44इस रंग से कितने होली बन गये हो ? is raṅg sē kitnē hōlī|holy ban gayē hō ? yah[pn.sg.o.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? this (x[root]|colour) from so (Holi|holy) become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
47How holy have you become with this colour?
45जो सारे कल्प में आप जैसा होली पवित्र और कोई बन नहीं सकता . jō sārē kalp mē̃ āp jaisā hōlī|holy pavitra aur kōī ban nahī̃ saktā . jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] pavitr[adj.] aur kōī[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that the whole cycle in you like (Holi|holy) pure someone else (become[root]|x) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
48You have become so holy that, throughout the whole cycle, no one can become as holy or pure as you.
46आपकी पवित्रता प्रभु के संग का रंग , परमात्म कम्बाइन्ड रहने का अनुभव सबसे न्यारा और प्यारा है . āpkī pavitratā prabhu K|kē saṅg kā raṅg , paramātma combined rahnē kā anubhav sabsē nyārā aur pyārā hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] prabhu K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] combined rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabsē nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kī] purity God (K|of) company of (x[root]|colour) , Supreme Soul combined remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of experience the most unique and loving be[pres.sg.23] .
49Your purity, the colour of God's company and the experience of being combined with God is most lovely and unique.
47और जो भी होली , पवित्र बनते हैं तो उन्हों का शरीर पवित्र नहीं बनता , आत्मा पवित्र बनती है लेकिन आप ऐसे होली बनते हो , पवित्र बनते हो जो आपका शरीर और आत्मा दोनों पवित्र रहते हैं . aur jō bhī hōlī|holy , pavitra bantē haĩ tō unhō̃ kā śharīr pavitra nahī̃ bantā , ātmā pavitra bantī hai lēkin āp aisē hōlī|holy bantē hō , pavitra bantē hō jō āpkā śharīr aur ātmā dōnō̃ pavitra rahtē haĩ . aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] , pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] , pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ pavitr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and that too (Holi|holy) , pure become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that of body pure not become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , soul pure become[pres.sg.f.23] but you such (Holi|holy) become[pres.pl.m.2] , pure become[pres.pl.m.2] that you[.kā] body and soul x pure remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
50For others, even though the soul becomes pure the body does not, whereas you become so holy and pure that both your soul and body are pure.
48और पवित्रता को सुख , शान्ति , प्रेम , आनंद की जननी कहा जाता है . aur pavitratā kō sukh , śhānti , prēm , ānand key|kī jananī kahā jātā hai . aur pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti , prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ānand[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jananī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . and purity to happiness , peace , love , bliss (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
51Purity is said to be the mother of happiness, peace, love and bliss.
49जहाँ पवित्रता है वहाँ सुख शान्ति साथ में है ही है क्योंकि जहाँ जननी होती वहाँ बच्चे होते हैं क्योंकि बाप आके आपको ऐसा होली बनाता है जो आपके जड़ चित्र कलियुग के लास्ट जन्म में भी आप अपने चित्र देखते हो कितने विधि पूर्वक उन्हों की पूजा होती है , यह पवित्रता की विशेषता है और कितने भी महान आत्मायें , धर्म आत्मायें पवित्र बने हैं लेकिन मन्दिर किसका नहीं बनता है . jahā̃ pavitratā hai vahā̃ sukh śhānti sāth mē̃ hai hī hai kyōṅki jahā̃ jananī hōtī vahā̃ bachchē hōtē haĩ kyōṅki bāp ākē āpkō aisā hōlī|holy banātā hai jō āpkē jaṛ chitra kaliyug K|kē last janm mē̃ bhī āp apnē chitra dēkhtē hō kitnē vidhi pūrvak unhō̃ key|kī pūjā hōtī hai , yah pavitratā key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai aur kitnē bhī mahān ātmāyē̃ , dharm ātmāyē̃ pavitra banē haĩ lēkin mandir kiskā nahī̃ bantā hai . jahā̃ pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki jahā̃ jananī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] vahā̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.kō] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . where there purity be[pres.sg.23] there happiness peace with in be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] because where there x be[pres-part.f.] there child be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because father come[abs.] you[.kō] such (Holi|holy) create[pres.sg.m.23] that you[.kē] (x|non-conscious|stud[root]) picture iron age (K|of) last (be born[root]|life) in too you one’s own picture see[pres.pl.m.2] so method according to that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] , this purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] and so too great soul , religion soul pure become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but temple who[.kā] not become[pres.sg.m.23] .
52Where there is purity, happiness and peace are with it because where the mother is, the children are also there. 53The Father comes and makes you so holy that, even in the last birth of the Iron Age, you can see your images - they are worshipped with such discipline. 54This is the speciality of purity and, no matter how many great souls and religious souls have become pure, none of them have temples built to them.
50ऐसे विधि पूर्वक पूजा किसकी भी नहीं होती है और लास्ट जन्म तक आपके चित्र भी दुआयें देते रहते हैं . aisē vidhi pūrvak pūjā kiskī bhī nahī̃ hōtī hai aur last janm tak āpkē chitra bhī duāyē̃ dētē rahtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . such method according to (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) who[.kī] too not be[pres.sg.f.23] and last (be born[root]|life) until you[.kē] picture too blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
55No one else is worshipped with such discipline, and even until the last birth, your images continue to give blessings.
51थोडे समय का सुख शान्ति अनुभव कराते हैं . thōḍē samay kā sukh śhānti anubhav karātē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . short time of happiness peace experience make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
56They give the experience of peace and happiness for a short time.
52तो आपकी होली और दुनिया वालों की होली कितना फर्क है ! tō āpkī hōlī|holy aur duniyā vālō̃ key|kī hōlī|holy kitnā phark hai ! tō āp[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] aur duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then you[.kī] (Holi|holy) and world those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) so difference be[pres.sg.23] !
57There is so much difference between your Holi and the Holi of the people of the world.
53भले मनोरंजन के लिए आप भी थोडा बहुत मनाते हो लेकिन सच्ची होली परमात्म संग के रंग की और कम्बाइन्ड स्वरूप की यथार्थ होली आप मनाते हो . bhalē manōrañjan kē liē āp bhī thōḍā bahut manātē hō lēkin sachchī hōlī|holy paramātma saṅg K|kē raṅg key|kī aur combined svarūp key|kī yathārth hōlī|holy āp manātē hō . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut manānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur combined svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yathārth[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] manānā[pres.pl.m.2] . benefit entertainment for you too short very celebrate[pres.pl.m.2] but true (Holi|holy) Supreme Soul company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and combined form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x (Holi|holy) you celebrate[pres.pl.m.2] .
58Yes, for entertainment, you also celebrate a little, but you celebrate the true Holi of the colour of God's company and of the combined form.
54होली को लोग भी भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से मनाते हैं , वैसे आप जानते हो कि होली शब्द का भी रहस्य है , जो आप ही जानते हो , आप ही मनाते हो . hōlī|holy kō lōg bhī bhinn-bhinn rūp sē manātē haĩ , vaisē āp jāntē hō ki hōlī|holy śhabda kā bhī rahasya hai , jō āp hī jāntē hō , āp hī manātē hō . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kō[postp.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] manānā[pres.pl.m.2] . (Holi|holy) to people too different Rup from celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x you know[pres.pl.m.2] that (Holi|holy) word of too significance be[pres.sg.23] , that you only know[pres.pl.m.2] , you only celebrate[pres.pl.m.2] .
59People also celebrate Holi in various ways. 60You know the meaning of the word "Holi". 61Only you know this and you celebrate it in that way.
55होली का अर्थ है , हो ली , बीत चुका सो बीत चुका . hōlī|holy kā arth|earth hai , hō lī , bīt chukā sō bīt chukā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , bītnā[root] chukānā[root]|chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[root] chukānā[root]|chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] , be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , pass[root] (x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (x|sleep[root]) pass[root] (x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
62Holi means ho li, that is, whatever has happened has happened.
56तो आप सबने जो पुरानी जीवन , पुरानी बातें , पुराने संस्कार , पुराने व्यर्थ संकल्प को हो ली कर दी ना . tō āp sabnē jō purānī jīvan , purānī bātē̃ , purānē saṅskār , purānē vyarth saṅkalp kō hō lī kar dī nā . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabnē jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] karnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā . then you x that old life , old matter , old sanskar , old wasteful thought to be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] do[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ .
63So, all of you have said, "Past is past" to the old life, old situations, old sanskars and old waste thoughts, have you not?
57बीती सो बीती करना अर्थात् हो ली . bītī sō bītī karnā arthāt hō lī . bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (x|sleep[root]) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
64To let the past be the past means ho li.
58तो ऐसे किया है ? tō aisē kiyā hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then such do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
65So, have you done this?
59कि अभी भी कभी गलती से पुराने संस्कार आ जाते हैं ? ki abhī bhī kabhī galatī|galtī sē purānē saṅskār ā jātē haĩ ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ? that now too ever (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from old sanskar come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
66Or do the old sanskars emerge by mistake even now?
60जब हमारा जन्म ही नया है , आप सभी मरजीवा बने हो ना ! jab hamārā janm hī nayā hai , āp sabhī marjīvā banē hō nā ! jab ham[pn.pl.kā] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ! when we[.kā] (be born[root]|life) only new be[pres.sg.23] , you all dying alive become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ !
67Since your birth is a new birth - all of you have died alive, have you not?
61बने हो ? banē hō ? bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
68Have you?
62मरजीवा बने हो ? marjīvā banē hō ? marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? dying alive become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
69Have you died alive?
63हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
70Raise your hands!
64अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
71Achcha.
65नया जन्म हो गया . nayā janm hō gayā . nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . new (be born[root]|life) be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
72This is your new birth.
66तो पुराना जन्म कैसे याद आता ? tō purānā janm kaisē yād ātā ? tō purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? then old (be born[root]|life) how remembrance come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
73So, how come you remember your old birth?
67पुराना , पुराना हो गया . purānā , purānā hō gayā . purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . old , old be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
74The past birth has become the past.
68अगर बीती बातें या संकल्प , संस्कार इमर्ज होता है तो क्या कहेंगे ? agar bītī bātē̃ yā saṅkalp , saṅskār emerge hōtā hai tō kyā kahē̃gē ? agar bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] yā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if (pass[past-part.f.]|past) matter or thought , sanskar emerge be[pres.sg.m.23] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
75What would you say if the things, thoughts or sanskars of the past emerge again?
69होली मनाई ? hōlī|holy manāī ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
76Is that having celebrated Holi?
70हो ली किया नहीं . hō lī kiyā nahī̃ . hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .
77It means you haven't let that be the past.
71परमात्म संग का रंग अच्छी तरह से लगा नहीं . paramātma saṅg kā raṅg achchhī tarah sē lagā nahī̃ . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) achcha x from (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) not .
78It means that you have not been coloured by God's company very well.
72परमात्म संग का रंग लगना अर्थात् पुराना जन्म भूल जाना . paramātma saṅg kā raṅg lagnā arthāt purānā janm bhūl jānā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[x] . Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) x[inf.m.sg.d.] that is old (be born[root]|life) x[x] . 73पुरानी बातें भूल जाना . purānī bātē̃ bhūl jānā . purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhūl jānā[x] . old matter x[x] .
79To be coloured by God's company means to forget the past birth and the situations of the past.
74क्योंकि मरजीवा हो गये ना . kyōṅki marjīvā hō gayē nā . kyōṅki marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . because dying alive be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .
80This is because you have died alive, have you not?
75जैसे शरीर से एक जन्म छोडकर दूसरा लेते हो तो क्या पुराना जन्म याद रहता है ? jaisē śharīr sē ēk janm chhōḍkar dūsrā lētē hō tō kyā purānā janm yād rahtā hai ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[abs.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? like body from one (be born[root]|life) renounce[abs.] other take[pres.pl.m.2] then what old (be born[root]|life) remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
81When you physically die in one birth and take another birth, do you remember your past birth?
76तो आप सभी अभी ब्राह्मण जन्म धारण करने वाले हो . tō āp sabhī abhī brāhmaṇ janm dhāraṇ karnē vālē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you all now Brahmin (be born[root]|life) adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
82So, all of you have now adopted the Brahmin birth.
77तो पिछले जन्म के संस्कार जिसको कहते हो गलती से मेरे संस्कार हैं , आपके हैं ? tō pichhlē janm K|kē saṅskār jiskō kahtē hō galatī|galtī sē mērē saṅskār haĩ , āpkē haĩ ? tō pichhlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] jō[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then past (be born[root]|life) (K|of) sanskar that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.2] (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from I[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
83You say by mistake of the sanskars of the past birth, that they are your sanskars. 84Are they yours?
78हैं , ब्राह्मण जीवन के संस्कार हैं यह ? haĩ , brāhmaṇ jīvan K|kē saṅskār haĩ yah ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Brahmin life (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] this ?
85Are they? 86Are they the sanskars of the Brahmin birth?
79कभी अलबेलापन , कभी रॉयल आलस्य , आलस्य के बहुत भिन्न-भिन्न रूप हैं . kabhī albēlāpan , kabhī royal ālasya , ālasya K|kē bahut bhinn-bhinn rūp haĩ . kabhī[adv.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] royal ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ever carelessness , ever royal laziness , laziness (K|of) very different Rup be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
87Sometimes there is carelessness, sometimes a royal form of laziness. 88There are many different forms of laziness.
80कभी इस पर क्लास करना . kabhī is par class karnā . kabhī[adv.] yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] class karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever this (at|other) class do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
89Conduct a class on this at some point!
81आलस्य कितने प्रकार के हैं और कितने रॉयल रूप से आते हैं ! ālasya kitnē prakār K|kē haĩ aur kitnē royal rūp sē ātē haĩ ! ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! laziness so form (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] and so royal Rup from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
90There are so many types of laziness and they come in such royal forms!
82तो ब्राह्मण जीवन अर्थात् नया जीवन इसमें पुराना कुछ हो नहीं सकता . tō brāhmaṇ jīvan arthāt nayā jīvan ismē̃ purānā kuchh hō nahī̃ saktā . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then Brahmin life that is new life this[.mē̃] old anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
91So, Brahmin life is a new life and there cannot be anything old in it.
83तो आज होली मनाने आये हो ना ! tō āj hōlī|holy manānē āyē hō nā ! tō āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ! then today (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ !
92So, today, you have come here to celebrate Holi, have you not?
84तो होली अर्थात् हो ली तो आज होली मनाना अर्थात् पुराने संस्कार की होली जलाना . tō hōlī|holy arthāt hō lī tō āj hōlī|holy manānā arthāt purānē saṅskār key|kī hōlī|holy jalānā . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] tō āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (Holi|holy) that is be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] then today (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is old sanskar (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) burn[inf.m.sg.d.] .
93Holi means ho li; so, today, to celebrate Holi means to burn the Holi of old sanskars.
85जलाने के बाद ही मनाना होता है . jalānē kē bād hī manānā hōtā hai . jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] hī[p.] manānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] . burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] after only celebrate[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] .
94It is only after burning these that you can celebrate.
86तो अभी आपके मनाने का स्वरूप है . tō abhī āpkē manānē kā svarūp hai . tō ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kē] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then now you[.kē] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of form be[pres.sg.23] .
95So, your form now is that of celebrating.
87जला दिया अभी मनाना है . jalā diyā abhī manānā hai . jalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ab[adv.hī] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (x[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|burn[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) now celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
96You have already burnt the old and you will now celebrate.
88प्रभु के संग के रंग का मजा लेने वाले हो . prabhu K|kē saṅg K|kē raṅg kā majā lēnē vālē hō . prabhu K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . God (K|of) company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) of pleasure take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
97You are going to enjoy the colour of God's company.
89कम्बाइन्ड रहने का अनुभव करने वाले हो क्यों ? combined rahnē kā anubhav karnē vālē hō kyō̃ ? combined rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyō̃ ? combined remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) why ?
98You are going to experience remaining combined. 99Why?
90होलीएस्ट बाप ने आपके ऊपर होली बनने का पवित्र बनने का रंग लगाया है . holiest bāp nē āpkē ūpar hōlī|holy bannē kā pavitra bannē kā raṅg lagāyā hai . holiest[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . holiest father ∅ you[.kē] over (Holi|holy) become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of pure become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of (x[root]|colour) attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
100The holiest Father has coloured you with the colour of becoming holy and pure.
91तो आज कौन सी होली मना रहे हो ? tō āj kaun C|see|sī hōlī|holy manā rahē hō ? tō āj kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then today who (x|see) (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
101So, what Holi are you celebrating today?
92आज विशेष कोई भी पुराने संस्कार को आने नहीं देना है यह होली मनानी है . āj viśhēṣh kōī bhī purānē saṅskār kō ānē nahī̃ dēnā hai yah hōlī|holy manānī hai . āj viśhēṣh[adj.] kōī bhī[x] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . today special anyone old sanskar to (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) not give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
102Especially today, don't allow any old sanskars to come; this is celebrating Holi.
93मना सकते हो या कभी-कभी आ जायेंगे ? manā saktē hō yā kabhī-kabhī ā jāyēṅgē ? manānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] yā kabhī[adv.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ? celebrate[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] or ever come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
103Are you able to celebrate it in this way or will they sometimes come again?
94यह रॉयल शब्द कि मैं करने नहीं चाहती थी चाहता था लेकिन मेरे संस्कार हैं . yah royal śhabda ki maĩ karnē nahī̃ chāhtī thī chāhtā thā lēkin mērē saṅskār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] royal śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[hab-past.f.] chāhnā[hab-past.m.sg.] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this royal word that I do[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[hab-past.f.] x[hab-past.m.sg.] but I[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 95यह शब्द आज दृढ़ संकल्प की विधि से समाप्त कर लो . yah śhabda āj dr̥iṛh saṅkalp key|kī vidhi sē samāpt kar lō . yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] āj dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . this word today determined thought (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method from x .
104From today, with the method of determined thoughts, finish the royal words "I did want to do that, but those are my sanskars."
96ऐसी होली आज सदा के लिए मनाने की हिम्मत रखते हो ? aisī hōlī|holy āj sadā kē liē manānē key|kī himmat rakhtē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] āj sadā kē liē[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? such (Holi|holy) today constantly for celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage keep[pres.pl.m.2] ?
105Do you have the courage to celebrate such a Holi today for all time?
97कि कभी-कभी मनायेंगे ? ki kabhī-kabhī manāyēṅgē ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that ever celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
106Or will you only celebrate it sometimes?
98जो समझते हैं कि आज से पुराने संस्कार की होली हो ली बीती सो बीती जन्म नया है वह पुराना जन्म खत्म . jō samajhtē haĩ ki āj sē purānē saṅskār key|kī hōlī|holy hō lī bītī sō bītī janm nayā hai vah purānā janm khatm . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āj sē[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that today from old sanskar (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (x|sleep[root]) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (be born[root]|life) new be[pres.sg.23] that old (be born[root]|life) finished . 99ऐसी हिम्मत रखने वाले आप बाप के मीठे-मीठे लाडले सिकीलधे बच्चे हो ना ! aisī himmat rakhnē vālē āp bāp K|kē mīṭhē-mīṭhē lāḍlē sikīladhē bachchē hō nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! such courage keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who you father (K|of) sweet x beloved, long-lost and now-found child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
107You are those who feel that, from today, you have let the past be the past with your old sanskars, and that this is your new birth and the old birth is finished; you are the sweetest, beloved, long-lost and now-found children of the Father who have such courage, are you not?
100तो यह संकल्प दृढ़ संकल्प नहीं यह दृढ़ संकल्प करने की हिम्मत है ? tō yah saṅkalp dr̥iṛh saṅkalp nahī̃ yah dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karnē key|kī himmat hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then this thought determined thought not this determined thought do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
108So, do you have the courage to have, not just this thought, but this determined thought?
101हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
109Raise your hands!
102देखो सभी ने हिम्मत रखी है . dēkhō sabhī nē himmat rakhī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all ∅ courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
110Look, all of you have maintained courage.
103चलो थोड़े रह भी गये लेकिन आप सब तो साथी हो ना . chalō thōṛē rah bhī gayē lēkin āp sab tō sāthī hō nā . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] tō sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] short remain[root] too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but you all then companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
111OK, some may have been left out, but all of you are companions, are you not?
104पक्के साथी दो हाथ उठाओ . pakkē sāthī dō hāth uṭhāō . pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . firm companion (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) raise your hands .
112All of you are firm companions, raise both your hands!
105यह फोटो निकालो सबका . yah phōṭō nikālō sabkā . yah[pn.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] everyone's .
113Take everyone's photo of this.
106अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
114Achcha.
107डबल विदेशी भी उठा रहे हैं . double vidēśhī bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
115Double foreigners are also raising their hands!
108तो बापदादा आपको पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं होली को हो ली मनाने की . tō bāpdādā āpkō padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ hōlī|holy kō hō lī manānē key|kī . tō bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kō] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kō[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . then BapDada you[.kō] multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] (Holi|holy) to be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
116BapDada is giving you multi-multimillion-fold congratulations for celebrating Holi by letting the past be the past.
109अभी गलती से भी अपने मुख से यह शब्द नहीं निकालना . abhī galatī|galtī sē bhī apnē mukh sē yah śhabda nahī̃ nikālnā . ab[adv.hī] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from too one’s own mouth from this word not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
117Now, do not let these words emerge from your mouth even by mistake: "My sanskars".
110मेरा संस्कार रावण के संस्कार को मेरा कहते हो कमाल है ! mērā saṅskār rāvaṇ K|kē saṅskār kō mērā kahtē hō kamāl hai ! maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! I[.kā] sanskar Ravan (K|of) sanskar to I[.kā] say[pres.pl.m.2] x be[pres.sg.23] !
118For Ravan's sanskars you say, "My sanskars", it is a wonder!
111रावण को दुश्मन कहा जाता है दुश्मन का खज़ाना अपना बनाना यह तो आश्चर्य की बात है ! rāvaṇ kō duśhman kahā jātā hai duśhman kā khazānā apnā banānā yah tō āśhcharya key|kī bāt hai ! rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! Ravan to enemy (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) enemy of treasure (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[inf.m.sg.d.] this then amazement (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] !
119Ravan is said to be the enemy. 120It is a matter of amazement to make the treasures of your enemy your own.
112आपको भी आश्चर्य लग रहा है ना कि क्या कहते हैं ! āpkō bhī āśhcharya lag rahā hai nā ki kyā kahtē haĩ ! āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ki[conj.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! you[.kō] too amazement x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ that what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
121You also must be amazed at what you are saying!
113गलती से कह देते हो . galatī|galtī sē kah dētē hō . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from say[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
122You say that by mistake.
114कह देते हैं फिर अन्दर में दिल खाती भी है महसूस भी करते हैं बाप से बातें भी करते माफी भी लेते हैं . kah dētē haĩ phir andar mē̃ dil khātī bhī hai mahsūs bhī kartē haĩ bāp sē bātē̃ bhī kartē māphī bhī lētē haĩ . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] andar mē̃[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mahsūs[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] māphī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] (then|turn[root]) inside in heart eat[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] experienced too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] father from matter too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x too take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 115बाबा कल से नहीं करूंगी करूंगा . bābā kal sē nahī̃ karūṅgī karūṅgā . bābā kal sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.1] karnā[fut.m.sg.1] . Baba x from not do[fut.f.sg.1] do[fut.m.sg.1] .
123You say that, and your conscience then bites inside and you also realise that. 124You even speak to the Father about it and ask for forgiveness; "Baba, from tomorrow, I will not do that".
116फिर भी कर देते हैं . phir bhī kar dētē haĩ . phir bhī[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . nevertheless do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
125And then you do just that!
117अभी बापदादा क्या करे ? abhī bāpdādā kyā karē ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kyā karnā[opt.sg.23] ? now BapDada what do[opt.sg.23] ?
126So, what should BapDada do now?
118देखता रहे ? dēkhtā rahē ? dēkhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] ? see[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] ?
127Should He just continue to watch that?
119अभी इस शब्द की होली जला लो . abhī is śhabda key|kī hōlī|holy jalā lō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . now this word (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
128Now, burn the Holi of these words.
120देखो जलाने में भी एक बहुत अच्छी बात बताते हैं कोकी को धागा बांध के पकाते हैं तो जब कोकी पक जाती है और निकालते हैं तो कोकी पक जाती लेकिन धागा नहीं जलता है . dēkhō jalānē mē̃ bhī ēk bahut achchhī bāt batātē haĩ kōkī kō dhāgā bāndh K|kē pakātē haĩ tō jab kōkī pak jātī hai aur nikāltē haĩ tō kōkī pak jātī lēkin dhāgā nahī̃ jaltā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāndhnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō jab kōkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paknā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aur nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kōkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paknā[root] jānā[pres-part.f.] lēkin dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] jalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too one very achcha matter tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] koki to thread tie[root] (K|of) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then when koki be cooked[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] and x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then koki be cooked[root] go[pres-part.f.] but thread not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
129In burning also, Baba will tell you something very good. 130A koki (sweet thick chapatti) is cooked with a thread around it and when it is cooked, the koki is cooked, but the thread doesn't get burnt.
121यह निशानी भी आपने पहला पाठ जो पढ़ा है कि आत्मा अविनाशी है और शरीर विनाशी है . yah niśhānī bhī āpnē pahlā pāṭh jō paṛhā hai ki ātmā avināśhī hai aur śharīr vināśhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.nē] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] paṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] vināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this sign too you[.nē] x lesson that study[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that soul imperishable be[pres.sg.23] and body perishable be[pres.sg.23] .
131This is a sign of the first lesson you learnt of the soul being imperishable and the body being perishable.
122तो बापदादा अपने यह त्योहार या शास्त्र बनाने वाले है तो बाप के बच्चे ही लेकिन आप हो सिकीलधे लेकिन बापदादा देखते हैं कि उन्हों की भी कमाल कम नहीं है . tō bāpdādā apnē yah tyōhār yā śhāstra banānē vālē hai tō bāp K|kē bachchē hī lēkin āp hō sikīladhē lēkin bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki unhō̃ key|kī bhī kamāl cum|kam nahī̃ hai . tō bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tyōhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā śhāstra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hī[p.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sikīladhē[x] lēkin bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada one’s own this x or scripture create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] then father (K|of) child only but you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) beloved, long-lost and now-found but BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too x (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
132Those who have created these festivals and scriptures are also the Father's children, but you are the long-lost and now-found children. 133BapDada is seeing that their wonder is no less.
123आटे में नमक है लेकिन बनाया बड़ा रमणीक है . āṭē mē̃ namak hai lēkin banāyā baṛā ramaṇīk hai . āṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] namak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ramaṇīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x in salt be[pres.sg.23] but create[past-part.m.sg.d.] very entertaining be[pres.sg.23] .
134It is like a pinch of salt in a sackful of flour, but they have made it in a very entertaining way.
124हर त्योहार का आप देखो यादगार बनाया है लेकिन कई बातें जो सूक्ष्म है उसको स्थूल रूप दे दिया है . har|her tyōhār kā āp dēkhō yādgār banāyā hai lēkin kaī bātē̃ jō sūkṣhma hai uskō sthūl rūp dē diyā hai . harnā[root]|har|her tyōhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yādgār[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin kaī bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] sthūl[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . (x[root]|x) x of you see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] memorial create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but some matter that subtle be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] physical Rup give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . 125लेकिन यादगार तो बनाया है ना ! lēkin yādgār tō banāyā hai nā ! lēkin yādgār[x] tō banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! but memorial then create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
135If you look at it, they have made a memorial of every festival. 136However, they have given a physical form to some things that are subtle, but they have at least created a memorial.
126भक्ति में भी कम तो नहीं किया भक्ति ने द्वापर कलियुग में फिर भी कुछ न कुछ स्मृति की बातें रखी . bhakti mē̃ bhī cum|kam tō nahī̃ kiyā bhakti nē dvāpar kaliyug mē̃ phir bhī kuchh na kuchh smr̥iti key|kī bātē̃ rakhī . bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] dvāpar kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phir bhī[x] kuchh na[neg] kuchh smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] . devotion in too (x|less) then not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] devotion ∅ copper age iron age in nevertheless anything not anything awareness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter keep[past-part.f.] .
137They haven't done any less in devotion. 138In devotion too, in the copper and iron ages, they have kept some things of your awareness.
127अति विकारी बनने से बचाया . ati vikārī bannē sē bachāyā . ati vikārī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bachānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x vicious become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from save[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
139These have saved you from becoming extremely full of vices.
128तो बापदादा यह सामग्री त्योहार या शास्त्र बनाने वालों को भी उनका फल देता है . tō bāpdādā yah sāmagrī tyōhār yā śhāstra banānē vālō̃ kō bhī unkā phal dētā hai . tō bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] sāmagrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tyōhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā śhāstra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then BapDada this paraphernalia x or scripture create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to too that[.kā] fruit give[pres.sg.m.23] .
140So, BapDada definitely gives those who have created this paraphernalia, festivals and scriptures their fruit.
129फिर भी भक्ति में कुछ तो याद करते हैं विकारों से थोडे टाइम के लिए बच जाते हैं . phir bhī bhakti mē̃ kuchh tō yād kartē haĩ vikārō̃ sē thōḍē time kē liē bach jātē haĩ . phir bhī[x] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh tō yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vikār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time kē liē[x] bachnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . nevertheless devotion in anything then remember vice from short time for x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
141At least they remember some things in devotion and they are saved from the vices for a short time.
130तो आपने आज कौन सी होली मनाई ? tō āpnē āj kaun C|see|sī hōlī|holy manāī ? tō āp[pn.pl.nē] āj kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? then you[.nē] today who (x|see) (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
142So, which Holi did you celebrate today?
131कौन सी होली मनाई ? kaun C|see|sī hōlī|holy manāī ? kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? who (x|see) (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
143Which Holi did you celebrate?
132हो ली सब कहो हो ली . hō lī sab kahō hō lī . hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] sab[adj.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] all say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
144Ho li, everyone say, "Ho li"!
133ऐसे करो हो ली . aisē karō hō lī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . such do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
145Do like this (pushing it away).
134पक्का है ना ! pakkā hai nā ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
146This is firm, is it not?
135मनाया ? manāyā ? manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
147Have you celebrated?
136मनाया ? manāyā ? manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
148Have you?
137अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
149Good.
138फिर कल माया आयेगी क्योंकि माया भी सुन रही है लेकिन आप ऐसे नहीं करना . phir kal māyā āyēgī kyōṅki māyā bhī sun rahī hai lēkin āp aisē nahī̃ karnā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kal māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (then|turn[root]) x Maya come[fut.f.sg.23] because Maya too listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] but you it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
150Then, tomorrow, Maya will come because Maya is listening, but you must not welcome her.
139 ( अपनी ओर नहीं बुलाना ) मजा है ना इसमें मजा है ना . ( apnī ōr nahī̃ bulānā ) majā hai nā ismē̃ majā hai nā . ( apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] ōr nahī̃[neg] bulānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ) mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ( one’s own direction not call[inf.m.sg.d.] ) pleasure be[pres.sg.23] ∅ this[.mē̃] pleasure be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
151There is pleasure in this, is there not?
140मजे में रहना . majē mē̃ rahnā . mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . pleasure in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
152Stay in this pleasure.
141बाप को याद रखना तो बाप हमें कितना रूहानी रंग डाल रहा है जिससे आप होलीहंस बन गये . bāp kō yād rakhnā tō bāp hamē̃ kitnā rūhānī raṅg ḍāl rahā hai jissē āp holy hans ban gayē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād rakhnā[x] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] raṅgnā[root.root+ḍālnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] hōlīhans[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . father to remember then father we[.kō] so spiritual x[root.root+ḍālnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.sē] you holy swan become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
153Remember the Father and see how He is colouring you with the spiritual colour with which you have become holy swans.
142होलीहंस अर्थात् निर्णय शक्ति वाले होली हंस . holy hans arthāt nirṇay śhakti vālē hōlī|holy hans . hōlīhans[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt nirṇay[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hãsnā[root]|hans[x] . holy swan that is discernment Shakti those who (Holi|holy) (laugh out[root]|swan) .
154Holy swans are the holy swans with the power to discern.
143कोई भी काम करो ना तो एक सीट फिक्स कर लो पहले उस सीट पर सेट हो फिर निर्णय करो वह सीट जानते हो वह सीट है त्रिकालदर्शा की सीट . kōī bhī kām karō nā tō ēk seat fix kar lō pahlē us seat par set hō phir nirṇay karō vah seat jāntē hō vah seat hai trikāldarśhā key|kī seat . kōī bhī[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā tō ēk[adj.] seat fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vah[pn.sg.o.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] nirṇay[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] seat jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] seat hōnā[pres.sg.23] trikāldarśhī[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat . anyone (task|lust) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ then one seat fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] (x|firstly) that seat (at|other) set (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (then|turn[root]) discernment do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that seat know[pres.pl.m.2] that seat be[pres.sg.23] trikaldarshi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat .
155Whenever you have to carry out any work, first fix a seat. 156Set yourself on that seat and then decide. 157You know that seat. 158It is the seat of being trikaldarshi.
144पहले त्रिकालदर्शा की सीट पर सेट हो तीनों कालों को देखो सिर्फ वर्तमान नहीं आदि मध्य अन्त तीनों कालों को देखो तीनों काल में फायदा है या नुकसान ? pahlē trikāldarśhā key|kī seat par set hō tīnō̃ kālō̃ kō dēkhō sirph vartamān nahī̃ ādi madhya ant tīnō̃ kālō̃ kō dēkhō tīnō̃ kāl mē̃ phāydā hai yā nuksān ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] trikāldarśhī[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tīnō̃[adj.] kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]|kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] vartamān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ādi[adj.] madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīnō̃[adj.] kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]|kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīnō̃[adj.] kal mē̃[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? (x|firstly) trikaldarshi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat (at|other) set (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all three (x|ugly) to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only present not etc. middle end all three (x|ugly) to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all three x in profit be[pres.sg.23] or loss ?
159First of all, set yourself on the seat of being trikaldarshi and consider all three aspects of time. 160Do not consider just the present, but look at all three aspects of the beginning, middle and end. 161Is there benefit or loss in all three aspects of time?
145कई बच्चे बड़े चतुर हैं . kaī bachchē baṛē chatur haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some child very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
162Some children are very clever.
146चतुराई सुनाऊं ? chaturāī sunāū̃ ? chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[opt.sg.1] ? x speak[opt.sg.1] ?
163Should Baba tell you about their cleverness?
147क्या कहते हैं ऐसा काम को चलाना था ना इसीलिए काम चला लिया बाकी मैं समझती थी समझता हूँ करना नहीं चाहिए लेकिन कर लिया . kyā kahtē haĩ aisā kām kō chalānā thā nā isīliē kām chalā liyā bākī maĩ samajhtī thī samajhtā hū̃ karnā nahī̃ chāhiē lēkin kar liyā . kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] nā isīliē kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] bākī|bākī maĩ[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[hab-past.f.] samajhnā[pres.sg.m.1] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] lēkin karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such (task|lust) to x[past.m.sg.oblig1] ∅ x (task|lust) (continue[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) (others|but) I understand[hab-past.f.] understand[pres.sg.m.1] do[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) but do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
164What do they say? 165"I had to do that in that way, and so I made do with that. 166I feel that I should not do that, but I just did it."
148लेकिन चलो कर लिया तो कर्म का फल तो मिलेगा ना ! lēkin chalō kar liyā tō karma kā phal tō milēgā nā ! lēkin chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! but continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then deed of fruit then receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
167OK, you have done it and so you will definitely receive the fruit of action, will you not?
149तो चतुराई नहीं करना बाप को भी बहुत रिझाते हैं . tō chaturāī nahī̃ karnā bāp kō bhī bahut rijhātē haĩ . tō chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut rijhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] father to too very console[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
168So, do not be clever in that way. 169You try to charm the Father.
150गलती करते हैं ना फिर बापदादा को ऐसी ऐसी बातें सुनाते हैं - बाबा आप तो रहमदिल हो ना ! galatī|galtī kartē haĩ nā phir bāpdādā kō aisī aisī bātē̃ sunātē haĩ - bābā āp tō merciful hō nā ! galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - bābā āp[pn.pl.] tō merciful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ (then|turn[root]) BapDada to such such matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - Baba you then merciful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
170You make a mistake and you then tell BapDada such things as: Baba, You are Merciful, are you not?
151आप तो क्षमा के सागर हो ना ! āp tō kṣhamā K|kē sāgar hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] tō kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! you then forgiveness (K|of) ocean (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
171You are the Ocean of Forgiveness, are you not?
152बाप को भी याद वराते हैं तो आप कौन हो ! bāp kō bhī yād varātē haĩ tō āp kaun hō ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! father to too remembrance x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then you who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ! 153आपने कहा है ना मेरे को सुनाके खत्म कर दो . āpnē kahā hai nā mērē kō sunākē khatm kar dō . āp[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] sunānā[abs.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . you[.nē] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ I[.kē] to speak[abs.] finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
172You remind the Father of who He is and tell Him: You have said to tell You about it and finish it.
154लेकिन महसूसता से सुनाके खत्म कर लो . lēkin mahsūstā sē sunākē khatm kar lō . lēkin mahsūstā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sunānā[abs.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . but realisation from speak[abs.] finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
173However, finish it by telling Baba about it with realisation.
155एक अक्षर पक्का करते हो सुना तो देते हो लेकिन पहले दृढ़ संकल्प से स्व को परिवर्तन करके फिर सुनाओ . ēk akṣhar pakkā kartē hō sunā tō dētē hō lēkin pahlē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē sva kō parivartan karkē phir sunāō . ēk[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sva kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one word firm do[pres.pl.m.2] (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) then give[pres.pl.m.2] but (x|firstly) determined thought from x to transformation do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174You make one word firm of telling Baba about it. 175But you have to first transform yourself with determined thought, and then tell Baba about it.
156रिझाते बहुत हैं आपने कहा है ना ! rijhātē bahut haĩ āpnē kahā hai nā ! rijhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! console[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[pres.pl.12hon3] you[.nē] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
176You charm the Father a great deal, saying, "Baba, You have said this, have You not?"
157बाप को भी याद दिलाते हैं आपने यह कहा है ना आपने यह कहा है ना . bāp kō bhī yād dilātē haĩ āpnē yah kahā hai nā āpnē yah kahā hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā āp[pn.pl.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . father to too remind you[.nē] this say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ you[.nē] this say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
177You remind the Father: You said this and You said this.
158बड़ी चतुराई करते हैं . baṛī chaturāī kartē haĩ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
178You are very clever.
159अभी चतुराई नहीं करना . abhī chaturāī nahī̃ karnā . ab[adv.hī] chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
179Now, do not be clever in that way.
160हिम्मत रखना . himmat rakhnā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . courage keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
180Have courage.
161करना ही है गे गे नहीं करना . karnā hī hai gē gē nahī̃ karnā . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
181"I have to do this". 182Do not say, "I will do it, I will do it!"
162बापदादा सारे दिन में गे गे के गीत बहुत सुनते हैं . bāpdādā sārē din mē̃ gē gē K|kē gīt bahut suntē haĩ . bāpdādā sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gē gē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada the whole day in some time some time (K|of) x very listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
183Throughout the day, BapDada hears many songs of "I will do it, I will do it!"
163करेंगे दिखायेंगे बनेंगे लेकिन स्पीड क्या ? karē̃gē dikhāyēṅgē banē̃gē lēkin speed kyā ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin speed kyā ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but x what ?
184I will do it, I will show them, I will become", but at what speed?
164गे गे वाले बाप के साथ चलेंगे ? gē gē vālē bāp kē sāth chalē̃gē ? gē gē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? some time some time those who father with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
185Will those who leave it to the future in this way be able to return with the Father?
165बाप तो एवररेडी है और गे गे वाले एवररेडी तो नहीं हुए . bāp tō ever ready hai aur gē gē vālē ever ready tō nahī̃ huē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ever ready hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur gē gē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ever ready tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . father then ever-ready be[pres.sg.23] and some time some time those who ever-ready then not be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
186The Father is ever-ready and those who say they will do it are not ready.
166तो बाप के साथ कैसे चलेंगे ? tō bāp kē sāth kaisē chalē̃gē ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then father with how continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
187So, how will you return with the Father?
167देखते रहेंगे बाप के साथ जा रहे हैं . dēkhtē rahē̃gē bāp kē sāth jā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] father with go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
188You will be left watching how others are going back with the Father.
168बाप को एक-एक बच्चे से पदमगुणा प्यार है . bāp kō ēk-ēk bachchē sē padamguṇā pyār hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father to one child from multimillion-fold love be[pres.sg.23] .
189The Father has multimillion-fold love for each child.
169बाप नहीं चाहते कि मेरे बच्चे और साथ नहीं चलें . bāp nahī̃ chāhtē ki mērē bachchē aur sāth nahī̃ chalē̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . father not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that I[.kē] child and with not continue[opt.pl.12hon3] .
190The Father doesn't want His children not to return home with Him.
170जब घर लौटने का समय आ गया है तो क्या घर नहीं चलेंगे ? jab ghar lauṭnē kā samay ā gayā hai tō kyā ghar nahī̃ chalē̃gē ? jab ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lauṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō kyā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when home x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then what home not continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
191Will you not return home now that the time has come for you to return home?
171क्योंकि घर जाके फिर राज्य में आना है . kyōṅki ghar jākē phir rājya mē̃ ānā hai . kyōṅki ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because home go[abs.] (then|turn[root]) kingdom in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
192You have to go home first and then come into the kingdom.
172घर नहीं चलेंगे साथ में तो ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ राज्य में भी नहीं आयेंगे पीछे आयेंगे . ghar nahī̃ chalē̃gē sāth mē̃ tō brahmā bāp kē sāth rājya mē̃ bhī nahī̃ āyēṅgē pīchhē āyēṅgē . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pīchhē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . home not continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] with in then Brahma father with kingdom in too not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
193If you don't return home together, you will not come into the kingdom with Father Brahma, you will come later.
173तो आपका वायदा क्या है ? tō āpkā vāydā kyā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kā] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you[.kā] promise what be[pres.sg.23] ?
194What is your promise?
174साथ चलेंगे या आ जायेंगे … इसमें भी गे गे लगायेंगे . sāth chalē̃gē yā ā jāyēṅgē … ismē̃ bhī gē gē lagāyēṅgē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] gē gē lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … this[.mē̃] too some time some time attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
195That you will return together or that you say that you will get there by yourself? 196Will you leave this to the future too?
175पहुंच जायेंगे देखना बाबा जरूर पहुंच जायेंगे . pahuñch jāyēṅgē dēkhnā bābā jarūr pahuñch jāyēṅgē . pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bābā zarūr pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] see[inf.m.sg.d.] Baba definitely reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
197"I will reach there. 198Just see, Baba, I will definitely reach there."
176तो यह भाषा अभी समाप्त करो . tō yah bhāṣhā abhī samāpt karō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this language now x .
199So now, finish this language.
177आज बापदादा ने वतन में भी होली मनाई किसके साथ ? āj bāpdādā nē vatan mē̃ bhī hōlī|holy manāī kiskē sāth ? āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? today BapDada ∅ world in too (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] who[.kē] with ?
200Today, BapDada celebrated Holi in the subtle region too. 201With whom?
178आप तो अभी मनायेंगे . āp tō abhī manāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] tō ab[adv.hī] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you then now celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
202You will celebrate it now.
179एडवांस पार्टी वालों के साथ होली मनाई . advance party vālō̃ kē sāth hōlī|holy manāī . advance party[x] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] . advance party those who with (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] .
203Baba has already celebrated it with the advance party.
180एडवांस पार्टी है ना नाम ही एडवांस पार्टी है . advance party hai nā nām hī advance party hai . advance party[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] advance party[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . advance party be[pres.sg.23] ∅ name only advance party be[pres.sg.23] .
204That is the advanced party; their name is the advance party.
181तो बापदादा ने एडवांस होली मनाई . tō bāpdādā nē advance hōlī|holy manāī . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] advance hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] . then BapDada ∅ advance (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] .
205So, BapDada celebrated Holi in advance.
182जानते हो क्या होली मनाई ? jāntē hō kyā hōlī|holy manāī ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] what (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
206Do you know what type of Holi Baba celebrated?
183सभी एडवांस पार्टी वाले नये वा पुराने आजकल के गये हुए महारथियों को भी आप याद करते हो ना उन्हों को भी इमर्ज किया क्योंकि अभी जाने वाले जो भी हैं उन्होंने बचपन से लेके यानी काफी समय से अपना सेवा का पार्ट बजाया . sabhī advance party vālē nayē vā purānē ājkal K|kē gayē huē mahārathiyō̃ kō bhī āp yād kartē hō nā unhō̃ kō bhī emerge kiyā kyōṅki abhī jānē vālē jō bhī haĩ unhōnnē bachpan sē lēkē yānī kāphī samay sē apnā sēvā kā part bajāyā . sab[adv.hī] advance party[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vā purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ājkal K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] emerge karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] yānī kāphī[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all advance party those who new or old nowadays (K|of) go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] maharathi to too you remember ∅ that to too emerge do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because now (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] childhood from take[abs.] x enough time from (one’s own|adopt[root]) service of play one's part .
207There were all those of the advance party - the new and old - because you also remember the maharathis who have gone recently, do you not? 208Baba made them emerge too because those who have gone recently have also played their part of service from childhood till now, that is, for a long time.
184आप भी उन साथियों को याद तो करते हो ना ! āp bhī un sāthiyō̃ kō yād tō kartē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.o.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! you too that companion to remembrance then do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
209You also remember those companions, do you not?
185जगह तो भरनी पड़ती है ना . jagah tō bharnī paṛtī hai nā . jagah[n.f.;sg.] tō bharnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] nā . x then fill[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ∅ .
210That space has to be filled, is it not?
186तो आज वतन में मम्मा और दीदी और दादी त्रिमूर्ति को विशेष सभी के संगठन के बीच खड़ा किया और साथी तो थे लेकिन इन तीनों को विशेष पार्ट से खड़ा किया और इन्हों को याद दिलाया याद है भी . tō āj vatan mē̃ mama aur dīdī aur dādī trimūrti kō viśhēṣh sabhī K|kē saṅgaṭhan K|kē bīch khaṛā kiyā aur sāthī tō thē lēkin in tīnō̃ kō viśhēṣh part sē khaṛā kiyā aur inhō̃ kō yād dilāyā yād hai bhī . tō āj vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mama[n.f.;sg.] aur dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past.pl] lēkin in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] . then today world in x and didi and Dadi Trimurti to special all (K|of) gathering (K|of) centre standing do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and companion then be[past.pl] but (in|this) all three to special part from standing do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and this to remind remembrance be[pres.sg.23] too .
211Today in the subtle region, the Trimurti of Mama, Didi and Dadi were specially asked to stand up. 212There were other companions too, but these three were asked to stand up because of their special part and they were reminded, and of course they remember.
187लेकिन इन्हों को गुप्त रूप में सेवा करनी पड़ती है . lēkin inhō̃ kō gupta rūp mē̃ sēvā karnī paṛtī hai . lēkin yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . but this to incognito Rup in service do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
213However, they have to serve in an incognito way.
188अमृतवेले यह भी वतन में इमर्ज होते हैं और सेवा पर जाते हैं . amr̥itvēlē yah bhī vatan mē̃ emerge hōtē haĩ aur sēvā par jātē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amrit vela this too world in emerge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and service (at|other) go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
214They too are made to emerge in the subtle region at amrit vela and they go on service.
189सेवा जो विशेष आत्मायें हैं उन्होंने छोडी नहीं है . sēvā jō viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ haĩ unhōnnē chhōḍī nahī̃ hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] chhōṛnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service that special soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] renounce[past-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
215The special souls have not stopped serving.
190वतन में अमृतवेले इन्हों का फिक्स है आना अपने असली ब्राह्मण जीवन में इमर्ज होना और चारों ओर कोई न कोई सेवा अर्थ मन्सा सेवा मन्सा से मन और बुद्धि द्वारा आत्माओं के मन और बुद्धि को आकर्षण करने की विशेष सेवा करते हैं . vatan mē̃ amr̥itvēlē inhō̃ kā fix hai ānā apnē aslī brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ emerge hōnā aur chārō̃ ōr kōī na kōī sēvā arth|earth mansā sēvā mansā sē man aur buddhi dvārā ātmāō̃ K|kē man aur buddhi kō ākarṣhaṇ karnē key|kī viśhēṣh sēvā kartē haĩ . vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fix hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aslī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur chārō̃ ōr[x] kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mansā sē[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] dvārā ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . world in amrit vela this of fix be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) one’s own x Brahmin life in emerge be[inf.m.sg.d.] and everywhere one .. or another service (meaning|earth) through the mind service through the mind from mind and intellect through soul (K|of) mind and intellect to attraction do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
216It is fixed for them to come to the subtle region at amrit vela, to emerge in their real Brahmin life and do one or another type of service everywhere through the mind. 217With their mind and intellect they do the special service of attracting the mind and intellect of souls.
191तो बापदादा ने आज इन त्रिमूर्ति से पूछा कि आप क्या कर रहे हो ? tō bāpdādā nē āj in trimūrti sē pūchhā ki āp kyā kar rahē hō ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj in|yah[pn.pl.o.] trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then BapDada ∅ today (in|this) Trimurti from ask[past-part.m.sg.d.] that you what do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
218So, today BapDada asked this Trimurti what they were doing.
192बाप जानता तो है फिर भी पूछता तो है ना . bāp jāntā tō hai phir bhī pūchhtā tō hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father know[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless ask[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
219The Father knows anyway, but still He has to ask.
193तो इन्होंने कहा कि हम दो प्रकार से प्रेरणा देते हैं एक हलचल मचाने वालों को भी और दूसरा नये सृष्टि के निमित्त बनने वालों को भी क्योंकि हम इन्तजार कर रहे हैं तो मम्मा ने कहा कि हमें तो बहुत टाइम हो गया है इन्तजार करते . tō inhōnnē kahā ki ham dō prakār sē prērṇā dētē haĩ ēk halchal machānē vālō̃ kō bhī aur dūsrā nayē sr̥iṣhṭi kē nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō bhī kyōṅki ham intjār kar rahē haĩ tō mama nē kahā ki hamē̃ tō bahut time hō gayā hai intjār kartē . tō yah[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] halchal[x] machānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kyōṅki ham[pn.pl.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō mama[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō bahut time hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then this[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that we (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form from inspiration give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one upheaval x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to too and other new world x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to too because we wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then x ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that we[.kō] then very time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] wait do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
220So they replied that they are inspiring in two ways. 221One is inspiring those who are creating upheaval and the other is inspiring those who are going to be the instruments for the new world. 222So they are still waiting. 223Then Mama said: We have been waiting for a long time.
194तो हमारी सखियों से पूछना कि क्या अभी तक इन्तजार कराना है या कुछ इंतजाम करना है ! tō hamārī sakhiyō̃ sē pūchhnā ki kyā abhī tak intjār karānā hai yā kuchh intajām karnā hai ! tō ham[pn.pl.kī] sakhā[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kyā ab[adv.hī] tak intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā kuchh x karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ! then we[.kī] friend from ask[inf.m.sg.d.] that what now until wait make commit[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or anything x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] !
224So, ask our friends: Are you going to keep us waiting (intezar) even now or are you going to make some preparations (intezaam)?
195तो मम्मा की या दादी दीदी की सखियां तो बहुत बैठी हैं सखे भी बैठे हैं . tō mama key|kī yā dādī dīdī key|kī sakhiyā̃ tō bahut baiṭhī haĩ sakhē bhī baiṭhē haĩ . tō mama[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yā dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x tō bahut baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] x bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) or Dadi didi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x then very sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] x too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
225There are many friends of Mama, Dadi and Didi sitting here, brother-friends are also sitting here.
196साथ रहने वाले भाई भी हैं बहिनें भी हैं तो उन्हों का प्रश्न है तो इन्तजार करना हमारा काम है आपका एडवांस स्टेज वालों का क्या पार्ट है ? sāth rahnē vālē bhāī bhī haĩ bahinē̃ bhī haĩ tō unhō̃ kā praśhna hai tō intjār karnā hamārā kām hai āpkā advance stage vālō̃ kā kyā part hai ? sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] advance stage vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that of question be[pres.sg.23] then wait do[inf.m.sg.d.] we[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] you[.kā] advance stage those who of what part be[pres.sg.23] ?
226There are brothers as well as sisters who lived with them, and so they have a question for you: It is our duty to wait, but what is your part, the part of those who have the advanced stage?
197हम तो इन्तजार कर रहे हैं आपका काम है इन्तजाम करना . ham tō intjār kar rahē haĩ āpkā kām hai intjām karnā . ham[pn.pl.] tō intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . we then wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] preparations do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
227We are waiting; your duty is to make the preparations.
198हमारा काम है इन्तजार करना . hamārā kām hai intjār karnā . ham[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . we[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] wait do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
228It is our duty to wait.
199तो कब डेट फिक्स करेंगे ? tō kab date fix karē̃gē ? tō kab date fix[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then when fix a date do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
229So, when will you fix a date?
200आप सब बाबा के बच्चे जब समान सम्पूर्ण बनेंगे तब इन्तजाम होगा . āp sab bābā K|kē bachchē jab samān sampūrṇ banē̃gē tab intjām hōgā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab samān[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you all Baba (K|of) child when equal complete become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then preparations be[fut.m.sg.23] .
230When all of you Baba's children become equal and complete, the preparations will be made.
201तो दीदी ने कहा तो मेरी तरफ से एक प्रश्न सभी से पूछो . tō dīdī nē kahā tō mērī taraph sē ēk praśhna sabhī sē pūchhō . tō dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then didi ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then I[.kī] direction from one question all from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
231Didi said: On my behalf, ask all of them one question.
202दीदी ने क्या कहा ? dīdī nē kyā kahā ? dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? didi ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
232What did Didi ask?
203तो आप सभी जानते भी हो कहते भी हो एवररेडी . tō āp sabhī jāntē bhī hō kahtē bhī hō ever ready . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ever ready . then you all know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ever-ready .
233All of you know and you also speak about being ever-ready.
204तो सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण बनने में एवररेडी हो ? tō sampann aur sampūrṇ bannē mē̃ ever ready hō ? tō sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ever ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then full and complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in ever-ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
234Are you ever-ready in becoming equal and complete?
205और दादी ने क्या कहा ? aur dādī nē kyā kahā ? aur dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? and Dadi ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
235And what did Dadi say?
206आज रूहरिहान चल रही थी . āj rūhrihān chal rahī thī . āj rūhrihān[x] chalnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.f.] . today spiritual conversation continue[root] remain[past-perf.f.] .
236They were having this heart-to-heart conversation today.
207दादी ने कहा तो मेरे से जब भी कोई मिलता था तो देखा सब कहते भी थे मेरे को तो दादी आपको तो कर्मातीत कर्मातीत बनना है यही तात लगी हुई है . dādī nē kahā tō mērē sē jab bhī kōī miltā thā tō dēkhā sab kahtē bhī thē mērē kō tō dādī āpkō tō karmātīt karmātīt bannā hai yahī tāt lagī huī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] milnā[hab-past.m.sg.] tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adj.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past.pl] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] tō karmātīt[adj.] karmātīt[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yahī[pn.;d.] tāt[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Dadi ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then I[.kē] from when too some receive[hab-past.m.sg.] then see[past-part.m.sg.d.] all say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[past.pl] I[.kē] to then Dadi you[.kō] then karmateet karmateet become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this x x[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
237Dadi said: Whenever anyone was meeting me and everyone also used to say, that Dadi had only one concern and that was of becoming karmateet.
208हम भी तो साथ में चलेंगे ना . ham bhī tō sāth mē̃ chalē̃gē nā . ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . we too then with in continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
238We will also go home with you, will we not?
209तो अभी भी मैं अपने साथियों को यही कहती हूँ कि कर्मातीत बनना ही है कब ? tō abhī bhī maĩ apnē sāthiyō̃ kō yahī kahtī hū̃ ki karmātīt bannā hī hai kab ? tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.1] ki[conj.] karmātīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kab ? then now too I one’s own companion to this say[pres.sg.f.1] that karmateet become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] when ?
239So, even now, I tell my companions that you have to become karmateet. 240When?
210कब को अब में कब बदली करेंगे ? kab kō ab mē̃ kab badalī|badlī karē̃gē ? kab kō[postp.] ab[adv.] mē̃[postp.] kab badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when to now in when (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
241When will you change "kab" (at some point) into "ab" (now)?
211तो बाप तो मुस्कराते रहते हैं . tō bāp tō muskarātē rahtē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō muskarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then father then smile[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
242The Father continues to smile.
212तो आज पहले इन्हों की रूहरिहान चल रही थी और भी सभी उन्हों को साथ देते थे मम्मा यह बहुत अच्छा कहा दीदी आप थोड़ा फोर्स भरो ना और दादी को कहते थे तो दादी आपने तो सभी को साथ दिया . tō āj pahlē inhō̃ key|kī rūhrihān chal rahī thī aur bhī sabhī unhō̃ kō sāth dētē thē mama yah bahut achchhā kahā dīdī āp thōṛā force bharō nā aur dādī kō kahtē thē tō dādī āpnē tō sabhī kō sāth diyā . tō āj pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] chalnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.f.] aur bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] mama[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] force bharnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā aur dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.nē] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then today (x|firstly) this (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) spiritual conversation continue[root] remain[past-perf.f.] and too all that to with give[hab-past.pl.m.] x this very achcha say[past-part.m.sg.d.] didi you short force fill[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ and Dadi to say[hab-past.pl.m.] then Dadi you[.nē] then all to with give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
243So, today, this heart-to-heart conversation was going on and others were also with them saying: "Mama, what you said was very good. 244Didi, fill them with a little force", and they were telling Dadi, "Dadi, you gave your support to everyone."
213बाबा के अव्यक्त होते जो आपने पार्ट बजाया हम सभी के दिलों में दादी की यह बात याद है तो और साथी जो उन्हों के थे तो कहा दादी अभी आपकी बात को याद करके चलो बाप अव्यक्त है शिव बाबा निराकार है वह अव्यक्त फरिश्ता है . bābā K|kē avyakt hōtē jō āpnē part bajāyā ham sabhī K|kē dilō̃ mē̃ dādī key|kī yah bāt yād hai tō aur sāthī jō unhō̃ K|kē thē tō kahā dādī abhī āpkī bāt kō yād karkē chalō bāp avyakt hai śhiv bābā nirākār hai vah avyakt phariśhtā hai . bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avyakt[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.nē] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] tō kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kī] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avyakt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhiv bābā nirākār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] avyakt[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba (K|of) avyakt be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that you[.nē] play one's part we all (K|of) heart in Dadi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this matter remembrance be[pres.sg.23] then and companion that that (K|of) be[past.pl] then say[past-part.m.sg.d.] Dadi now you[.kī] matter to remembrance do[abs.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father avyakt be[pres.sg.23] Shiva Baba incorporeal be[pres.sg.23] that avyakt angel be[pres.sg.23] . 214लेकिन दादी तो साकार में थी अभी आपने जो सोचा था वह करके तो दिखावे . lēkin dādī tō sākār mē̃ thī abhī āpnē jō sōchā thā vah karkē tō dikhāvē . lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.f] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.nē] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-perf.m.sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] tō dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . but Dadi then sakar in be[past.f] now you[.nē] that think[past-perf.m.sg.] that do[abs.] then x .
245All of us remember in our hearts this aspect of Dadi and how she played her part after Baba became avyakt. 246All their other companions said: Dadi, now let us remember what you said. 247Brahma Baba is an avyakt angel and Shiv Baba is Incorporeal, however, Dadi was in the corporeal form. 248At least we should try and demonstrate whatever you had thought.
215दादी जैसी जिम्मेवारी तो लेके दिखावे . dādī jaisī jimmēvārī tō lēkē dikhāvē . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō lēnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . Dadi like responsibility then take[abs.] x .
249We should at least try and take the responsibility that Dadi had taken.
216मतलब तो आज दिल खोल के रूहरिहान कर रहे थे . matlab tō āj dil khōl K|kē rūhrihān kar rahē thē . matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āj dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . x then today heart open[root] (K|of) spiritual conversation do[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .
250So today all of them were having a heart-to-heart conversation to their heart's content.
217सुना . sunā . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
251Did you hear?
218अभी क्या करना है ? abhī kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
252What do we have to do now?
219होली तो मनाई ना ! hōlī|holy tō manāī nā ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō manānā[past-part.f.] nā ! (Holi|holy) then celebrate[past-part.f.] ∅ !
253You have now celebrated Holi, have you not?
220कल की बातें भी गई तो अगले जन्म की बातें क्या सोचना . kal key|kī bātē̃ bhī gaī tō aglē janm key|kī bātē̃ kyā sōchnā . kal key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.f.] tō aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter too go[past-part.f.] then next (be born[root]|life) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter what think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
254Even what happened yesterday is the past, so why should think of your previous birth?
221तो सभी चिटचैट कर रहे थे ना तो बापदादा ने होली मनाना शुरू कर दी . tō sabhī chit-chat kar rahē thē nā tō bāpdādā nē hōlī|holy manānā śhurū kar dī . tō sab[adv.hī] chit-chat karnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] nā tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] . then all x do[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] ∅ then BapDada ∅ (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[past-part.f..root+dēnā] .
255While everyone was having chit-chat, BapDada started to celebrate Holi.
222सभी सफेद डे्रस में थी और वतन में तो फरिश्ते रूप में थी . sabhī saphēd dress mē̃ thī aur vatan mē̃ tō phariśhtē rūp mē̃ thī . sab[adv.hī] saphēd[adj.] dress mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.f] aur vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.f] . all white dress in be[past.f] and world in then angel Rup in be[past.f] .
256All of them were in their white dress, and in the subtle region, they were in their angelic form.
223तो बापदादा ने अचानक ही बताया नहीं कि होली मना रहे हैं लेकिन सभी अर्ध चन्द्रमा के रूप में बैठे हुए थे खड़े नहीं थे . tō bāpdādā nē achānak hī batāyā nahī̃ ki hōlī|holy manā rahē haĩ lēkin sabhī ardha chandramā K|kē rūp mē̃ baiṭhē huē thē khaṛē nahī̃ thē . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] achānak hī[p.] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] x chandramā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-perf.pl.m.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.pl] . then BapDada ∅ suddenly only tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] not that (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but all x moon (K|of) Rup in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-perf.pl.m.] standing not be[past.pl] . 224बैठे हुए थे 4-5 लाइने थी और कायदेसिर बैठे थे छोटे फिर बड़े फिर और बड़े . baiṭhē huē thē 4-5 lāinē thī aur kāydēsir baiṭhē thē chhōṭē phir baṛē phir aur baṛē . baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-perf.pl.m.] 4-5 x hōnā[past.f] aur kāydēsir baiṭhnā[past-perf.pl.m.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-perf.pl.m.] 4-5 x be[past.f] and x sit[past-perf.pl.m.] small (then|turn[root]) very (then|turn[root]) and very .
257Suddenly, without telling them that BapDada was celebrating Holi, all of them were sitting in a semi-circle, they were not standing, they were sitting in four to five rows. 258They were sitting in an organised manner from the small ones to those older then them and then those who were the oldest.
225तो बापदादा ने क्या किया ? tō bāpdādā nē kyā kiyā ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then BapDada ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
259What did BapDada do?
226अचानक ही 7 रंगों के हीरे जानते हो ना उसको पाउडर किया . achānak hī 7 raṅgō̃ K|kē hīrē jāntē hō nā uskō powder kiyā . achānak hī[p.] 7 raṅg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā vah[pn.sg.kō] powder karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . suddenly only 7 colour (K|of) diamond know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ that[.kō] x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
260BapDada crushed diamonds of seven different colours into powder.
227पाउडर के रूप में सभी के ऊपर डाला तो एक तो फरिश्ता डे्रस थी चमक रही थी और उसके ऊपर 7 रंगों के पाउडर गिराया फैल गया . powder K|kē rūp mē̃ sabhī kē ūpar ḍālā tō ēk tō phariśhtā dress thī chamak rahī thī aur uskē ūpar 7 raṅgō̃ K|kē powder girāyā phail gayā . powder K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kē ūpar[x] ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ēk[adj.] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress hōnā[past.f] chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-perf.f.] aur uskā[pn.sg.kē] ūpar 7 raṅg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powder girānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x (K|of) Rup in all over create[past-part.m.sg.d.] then one then angel dress be[past.f] (x[root]|sparkle) remain[past-perf.f.] and of that[.kē] over 7 colour (K|of) x x[past-part.m.sg.d.] spread[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
261He sprinkled that powder over everyone; they were already in their sparkling angelic dress, and then the powder of the seven colours fell on them.
228तो आप इमर्ज करो तो चमकते हुए डे्रस में जब 7 रंगों का पाउडर फैल गया होगा तो कैसी डे्रस लगती होगी ? tō āp emerge karō tō chamaktē huē dress mē̃ jab 7 raṅgō̃ kā powder phail gayā hōgā tō kaisī dress lagtī hōgī ? tō āp[pn.pl.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dress mē̃[postp.] jab 7 raṅg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] powder phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dress lagnā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? then you emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dress in when 7 colour of x spread[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23] then how dress x[pres-part.f.] be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
262Just picture this and see what the sparkling dress would look like when the powder of seven colours fell on it.
229सतयुग में भी ऐसी डे्रस नहीं मिलेगी . satyug mē̃ bhī aisī dress nahī̃ milēgī . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dress nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . golden age in too such dress not receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
263You will not find such a dress even in the golden age.
230तो सभी चमक गये . tō sabhī chamak gayē . tō sab[adv.hī] chamaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then all x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 231और यह डे्रस चमक गई ना तो दीदी नशे में चली गई . aur yah dress chamak gaī nā tō dīdī naśhē mē̃ chalī gaī . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] dress chamaknā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā tō dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.f..passive] . and this dress x[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ then didi intoxication in (continue[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.f..passive]) . 232जैसे यहाँ नशे में जाती थी ना तो नशे में जाकर डांस करने लगे सभी . jaisē yahā̃ naśhē mē̃ jātī thī nā tō naśhē mē̃ jākar dance karnē lagē sabhī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[hab-past.f.] nā tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[abs.] dance karnā[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] sab[adv.hī] . like here intoxication in go[hab-past.f.] ∅ then intoxication in go[abs.] dance do[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] all .
264So, all of them were sparkling; and, when this dress was sparkling, Didi became so intoxicated that she began to dance as she used to when she was young.
233एक दो को पकड़ करके . ēk dō kō pakaṛ karkē . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] pakaṛnā[root] karnā[abs.] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to x[root] do[abs.] .
265They danced holding one another.
234फिर बाबा ने जो मधुबन में आप गेवर ( मिठाई ) बनाते हो ना तो वतन में गेवर इमर्ज कराये . phir bābā nē jō madhuban mē̃ āp gēvar ( miṭhāī ) banātē hō nā tō vatan mē̃ gēvar emerge karāyē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bābā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] x ( miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) banānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x emerge karānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (then|turn[root]) Baba ∅ that Madhuban in you x ( sweet ) create[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then world in x emerge make commit[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
266Then BapDada made ghevar (sweet like jalebi) that you prepare in Madhuban, emerge in the subtle region.
235मधुबन से तो आये नहीं थे तो गेवर सभी को खिलाया . madhuban sē tō āyē nahī̃ thē tō gēvar sabhī kō khilāyā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.pl] tō x sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Madhuban from then (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) not be[past.pl] then x all to feed[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
267This sweet hadn't come from Madhuban, and so Baba fed everyone ghevar.
236तो सभी ने बहुत मौज से मनाया . tō sabhī nē bahut mauj sē manāyā . tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bahut mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then all ∅ very pleasure from celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
268So, everyone celebrated with great pleasure.
237तो आप भी फरिश्ता डे्रस जैसे भिन्न-भिन्न डे्रस बदली करते हो ना वैसे बीच-बीच में सारे दिन में ऐसे फरिश्ता डे्रस बदली करके टेस्ट लो यह भी . tō āp bhī phariśhtā dress jaisē bhinn-bhinn dress badalī|badlī kartē hō nā vaisē bīch-bīch mē̃ sārē din mē̃ aisē phariśhtā dress badalī|badlī karkē taste low|lō yah bhī . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhinn[adj.] dress badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] taste[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . then you too angel dress like different dress (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ x x the whole day in such angel dress (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[abs.] taste (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) this too .
269Just as you change your other dresses, in the same way, every now and then throughout the day, change into your angelic dress and have that experience.
238बस बापदादा इमर्ज करो 5 मिनट के लिए 10 मिनट के लिए इमर्ज करो मैं फरिश्ते रूप में हूँ वस्त्र बदली किया साधारण से फरिश्ते रूप की डे्रस पहनी और बापदादा कभी ज्ञान की कभी शक्तियों की कभी गुणों का रंग डाल रहे हैं . bas bāpdādā emerge karō 5 minute kē liē 10 minute kē liē emerge karō maĩ phariśhtē rūp mē̃ hū̃ vastra badalī kiyā sādhāraṇ sē phariśhtē rūp key|kī dress pahanī aur bāpdādā kabhī gyān key|kī kabhī śhaktiyō̃ key|kī kabhī guṇō̃ kā raṅg ḍāl rahē haĩ . basnā[root]|bas bāpdādā emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 5 minute kē liē[x] 10 minute kē liē[x] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] sādhāraṇ[adj.] sē[postp.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dress pahannā[past-part.f.] aur bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kabhī[adv.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kabhī[adv.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root.root+ḍālnā] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[root]|simply) BapDada emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 5 minute for 10 minute for emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I angel Rup in be[pres.sg.1] cloth change[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] ordinary from angel Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dress x[past-part.f.] and BapDada ever knowledge (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ever Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ever virtue of x[root.root+ḍālnā] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
270Make yourself emerge in the angelic form for five minutes or ten minutes. 271Visualise changing your costume from ordinary into a dress of the angelic form with BapDada throwing the colours of knowledge, powers and virtues on you.
239फरिश्ता ड्रेस में फरिश्ता बनके 5-10 मिनट अनुभव करो फिर वस्त्र बदली कर दो . phariśhtā dress mē̃ phariśhtā bankē 5-10 minute anubhav karō phir vastra badalī kar dō . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress mē̃[postp.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[abs.] 5-10 minute anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[root.past-part+karnā] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . angel dress in angel become[abs.] 5-10 minute experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) cloth change[root.past-part+karnā] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
272In the angelic dress, be an angel and have that experience for 5 to 10 minutes and then change your costume again.
240कर्मयोगी हैं ना . karmayōgī haĩ nā . karmyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . karma yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
273You are karma yogis, are you not?
241तो यह दिन में जब भी टाइम मिले फरिश्ते की ड्रेस पहन लो . tō yah din mē̃ jab bhī time milē phariśhtē key|kī dress pahan lō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab bhī[p.] time milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dress pahannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . then this day in when too time (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) angel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dress x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . 242और बाप द्वारा यह रंग लग रहे हैं यह अनुभव अभी से प्रैक्टिस करेंगे ना फरिश्ता डे्रस की . aur bāp dvārā yah raṅg lag rahē haĩ yah anubhav abhī sē practice karē̃gē nā phariśhtā dress key|kī . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā yah[pn.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] practice karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . and father through this (x[root]|colour) x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] this experience now from practice do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ angel dress (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) . 243तो डे्रस पहनने से नशा चढ़ेगा और मदद मिलेगी फरिश्ता बनने में . tō dress pahannē sē naśhā chaṛhēgā aur madad milēgī phariśhtā bannē mē̃ . tō dress pahannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chaṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] . then dress x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from intoxication climb[fut.m.sg.23] and x receive[fut.f.sg.23] angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in .
274So, whenever you find time during the day, wear the dress of an angel and experience that you are being coloured by the Father. 275And if you start practicing from now onwards wearing the angelic dress, you will be intoxicated and also receive help to become an angel.
244तो होली की यह सौगात बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों को दे रहे हैं . tō hōlī|holy key|kī yah saugāt bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō dē rahē haĩ . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this gift BapDada everywhere (K|of) child to give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
276So, BapDada is giving all the children from everywhere this gift for Holi.
245ड्रेस पहनते ट्रायल करते रहना भूलना नहीं . dress pahantē trial kartē rahnā bhūlnā nahī̃ . dress pahannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] trial karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . dress x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] try do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
277Continue trying to wear the dress of an angel; do not forget!
246फरिश्ता ड्रेस होली की सौगात दे रहे हैं . phariśhtā dress hōlī|holy key|kī saugāt dē rahē haĩ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . angel dress (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
278You are being given the dress of an angel as a gift for Holi.
247तो बीच-बीच में यह अभ्यास करना . tō bīch-bīch mē̃ yah abhyās karnā . tō bīch-bīch mē̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x this practice do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
279So, every now and then, practise this.
248सहज है ना ! sahaj hai nā ! sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
280It is easy, is it not?
249ड्रेस बदलना तो आता है ना . dress badalnā tō ātā hai nā . dress badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . dress change[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
281You know how to change your dress, do you not?
250आता है ? ātā hai ? ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
282Do you know how to do that?
251आता है ना ! ātā hai nā ! ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
283You know how to do that, do you not?
252जैसे यह ड्रेस बदलते हो ना रोज़ बदलते हो ना . jaisē yah dress badaltē hō nā rōz badaltē hō nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dress badalnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā rōz badalnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . like this dress change[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ day change[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ . 253तो फरिश्ता ड्रेस भी बदलके देखो . tō phariśhtā dress bhī badalkē dēkhō . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress bhī[p.] badalnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then angel dress too change[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
284Just as you change the physical dress every day, in the same way, try changing into the dress of an angel and see.
254कितनी सुन्दर कितनी चमकती हुई है . kitnī sundar kitnī chamaktī huī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sundar[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . so x so x[pres-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
285It is so beautiful and sparkling.
286Achcha.
255सुना . sunā . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
287Did you hear?
256आज वतन का समाचार सुनाया . āj vatan kā samāchār sunāyā . āj vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . today world of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
288Today, Baba related news of the subtle region.
257आप सब भी याद करते हो ना ! āp sab bhī yād kartē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! you all too remember ∅ ! 258एडवांस पार्टी के अपने सभी क्योंकि कोई न कोई स्थान से भिन्न-भिन्न गये हुए हैं . advance party K|kē apnē sabhī kyōṅki kōī na kōī sthān sē bhinn-bhinn gayē huē haĩ . advance party[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kyōṅki kōī na kōī[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhinn[adj.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . advance party (K|of) one’s own all because one .. or another place from different go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
289All of you also remember those who belong to you and have gone to the advance party, as different souls have gone from one place or another.
259तो गये हुए को याद तो करते हो ना ! tō gayē huē kō yād tō kartē hō nā ! tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to remembrance then do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
290You do remember all those who have gone, do you not?
260बापदादा भी अमृतवेले विशेष एडवांस पार्टी से सेवा कराते हैं क्योंकि सारी दुनिया तो सोई हुई होती है और यह डे्रस बदलके वतन में आ जाते हैं . bāpdādā bhī amr̥itvēlē viśhēṣh advance party sē sēvā karātē haĩ kyōṅki sārī duniyā tō sōī huī hōtī hai aur yah dress badalkē vatan mē̃ ā jātē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] advance party[x] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] tō sōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] dress badalnā[abs.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada too amrit vela special advance party from service make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because the whole world then sleep[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] be[pres.sg.f.23] and this dress change[abs.] world in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
291BapDada too also gets the advance party to do service at amrit vela because, at that time, the whole world is sleeping and they (advance party) come to the subtle region after having changed into this dress.
261सुना . sunā . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
292Did you hear?
262अभी क्या करेंगे ? abhī kyā karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
293What will we do now?
263यह ड्रिल भूलना नहीं . yah drill bhūlnā nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] drill bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . this drill forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
294Do not forget this drill.
264वस्त्र बदली करना दिन में जितना बार फरिश्ता डे्रस में बैठ सको चाहे 3 मिनट बैठो लेकिन बैठो जरूर बदली करो जरूर अभी से संस्कार डालो फरिश्ता बनने के बिना देवता बन नहीं सकते . vastra badalī|badlī karnā din mē̃ jitnā bār phariśhtā dress mē̃ baiṭh sakō chāhē 3 minute baiṭhō lēkin baiṭhō jarūr badalī karō jarūr abhī sē saṅskār ḍālō phariśhtā bannē K|kē binā dēvtā ban nahī̃ saktē . vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē 3 minute baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zarūr badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] zarūr ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] saṅskār[x] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā dēvtā bannā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . cloth (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[inf.m.sg.d.] day in the more time angel dress in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) 3 minute sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] definitely change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] definitely now from sanskar create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) without become deity not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
295Change your dress; for however many times you are able to sit in the angelic dress throughout the day, even if it is only for three minutes, but definitely sit! 296Definitely change into that dress! 297Instil those sanskars from now as you cannot become a deity without becoming an angel.
265अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
298Achcha.
266अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
267पहले सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को भी बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि दूर बैठे भी साइंस के साधन द्वारा मैजारिटी स्थानों में सेन्टर्स पर वह भी बापदादा को देखते रहते हैं आप टोली खाते हो ना तो वह भी टोली बांटते हैं . pahlē sabhī chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki dūr baiṭhē bhī science K|kē sādhan dvārā majority sthānō̃ mē̃ centres par vah bhī bāpdādā kō dēkhtē rahtē haĩ āp ṭōlī khātē hō nā tō vah bhī ṭōlī bāṇṭtē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] science K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā majority sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] āp[pn.pl.] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) all everywhere (K|of) child to too BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too science (K|of) facilities through majority place in centre (at|other) that too BapDada to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] you toli eat[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then that too toli distribute[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
299BapDada is seeing all the children from everywhere and even while sitting far away, at the majority of places, at the centres, they continue to watch BapDada. 300As you eat toli here, there too, they distribute toli.
268तो सभी को बापदादा भी देख रहे हैं कि कैसे दूर बैठे नजदीक का अनुभव कर रहे हैं . tō sabhī kō bāpdādā bhī dēkh rahē haĩ ki kaisē dūr baiṭhē najdīk kā anubhav kar rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all to BapDada too see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that how distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) x of experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
301BapDada is watching everyone how they are sitting far away and experiencing themselves to be close.
269तो चारों ओर के बच्चों को जो सदा बाप समान सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण बनना है इस संकल्प को धारण किया हुआ है और दृढ़ता का बल समय प्रति समय इस संकल्प को देते रहते हैं ऐसे चारों ओर के शुभ संकल्प धारण करने वाले साथ-साथ बाप की आशाओं को पूर्ण करने वाले आशाओं के सितारे साथ-साथ दादी के बोल कर्मातीत होना ही है होना ही है होना ही है … और मम्मा के यह बोल कि सदा जो करना है सो आज करो कल पर नहीं छोडो और दीदी के यह बोल अब घर चलना है यह कानों में गूंजना चाहिए . tō chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō jō sadā bāp samān sampann aur sampūrṇ bannā hai is saṅkalp kō dhāraṇ kiyā huā hai aur dr̥iṛhtā kā bal samay prati samay is saṅkalp kō dētē rahtē haĩ aisē chārō̃ ōr K|kē śhubh saṅkalp dhāraṇ karnē vālē sāth-sāth bāp key|kī āśhāō̃ kō pūrṇ karnē vālē āśhāō̃ K|kē sitārē sāth-sāth dādī K|kē bōl karmātīt hōnā hī hai hōnā hī hai hōnā hī hai … aur mama K|kē yah bōl ki sadā jō karnā hai sō āj karō kal par nahī̃ chhōḍō aur dīdī K|kē yah bōl ab ghar chalnā hai yah kānō̃ mē̃ gūñjnā chāhiē . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sadā bāp samān[x] sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sāth-sāth dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karmātīt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … aur mama[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ki[conj.] sadā jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] sō|sōnā[root] āj karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kal par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] gūñjnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|gūñjnā[.oblig3] . then everywhere (K|of) child to that constantly equal to the Father full and complete become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this thought to adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and determination of strength time for time this thought to give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] such everywhere (K|of) pure and positive thought adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) desire to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who desire (K|of) star x Dadi (K|of) (speak[root]|x) karmateet be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] … and x (K|of) this (speak[root]|x) that constantly that do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (x|sleep[root]) today do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x (at|other) not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and didi (K|of) this (speak[root]|x) now home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this ear in (echo[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|echo[.oblig3]) . 270बार-बार अब घर चलना है . bār-bār ab ghar chalnā hai . bār[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . time now home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
302To all the children everywhere who have imbibed constantly determined thought to become equal and complete like the father, and from time to time, they continue to give the power of determination to that thought. 303To all such children everywhere who have imbibed pure thoughts; together with that, to the stars of hope who are going to fulfil the Father's hopes; as well as those who remember Dadi's words: "I have to become karmateet, I have to become that, I have to become that"; and Mama's words which she always spoke: "Whatever you want to do, do it today, do not leave it for tomorrow", and Didi's words: "We now have to return home" - these words should echo in your ears again and again.
271तो धुन लगा दो - कर्मातीत होना है अब घर चलना है . tō dhun lagā dō - karmātīt hōnā hai ab ghar chalnā hai . tō dhun[n.f.;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] - karmātīt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] - karmateet be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] now home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
304Simply have this one concern: I have to become karmateet and return home now.
272यह बोल बार-बार स्मृति में लाने वाले समर्थ आत्माओं को बापदादा का होली बच्चों को होली की मुबारक हो और साथ में सभी को बापदादा पहले ही मधुबन के गेवर के पहले सभी मुख खोलो और गेवर खाओ खाया तो सभी को बहुत-बहुत पदमगुणा बापदादा और एडवांस पार्टी के सर्व बच्चों का यादप्यार और बाप की नमस्ते . yah bōl bār-bār smr̥iti mē̃ lānē vālē samarth ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā hōlī|holy bachchō̃ kō hōlī|holy key|kī mubārak hō aur sāth mē̃ sabhī kō bāpdādā pahlē hī madhuban K|kē gēvar K|kē pahlē sabhī mukh khōlō aur gēvar khāō khāyā tō sabhī kō bahut-bahut padamguṇā bāpdādā aur advance party K|kē sarv bachchō̃ kā yādpyār aur bāp key|kī namastē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samarth[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur x khānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā aur advance party[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] namastē . this (speak[root]|x) time awareness in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who powerful soul to BapDada of (Holi|holy) child to (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and with in all to BapDada (x|firstly) only Madhuban (K|of) x (K|of) (x|firstly) all mouth open[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x eat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] then all to very multimillion-fold BapDada and advance party (K|of) all child of love, remembrance and father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x .
305To the powerful souls who bring these words into their awareness again and again, congratulations for Holi to BapDada's holy children. 306Together with this, before getting the ghevar of Madhuban - everyone open your mouth and eat ghevar. 307Did you eat it? 308So, lots and lots of multimillion fold love and remembrance to all the children from BapDada and the advance party souls and namaste from the Father.
273यू . पी . बनारस और पश्चिम नेपाल की सेवा का टर्न है : यू . पी . के साथ , मोहिनी बहन उठो . U|you . P|pī . banāras aur paśhchim nēpāl key|kī sēvā kā turn hai : U|you . P|pī . kē sāth , mōhinī bahan uṭhō . U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . banāras[n.f.;sg.] aur paśhchim[adj.] nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] : U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kē sāth[x] , mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . Benares and West x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service of you be[pres.sg.23] : (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . with , x x wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
309It is the turn of UP, Benares and Western Nepal to serve: Together with UP, Mohiniben, stand up!
274अच्छा है , यू . पी . में विशेषता क्या है ? achchhā hai , U|you . P|pī . mē̃ viśhēṣhtā kyā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] , (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in speciality what be[pres.sg.23] ?
310It is good. 311What is the speciality of UP?
275जब आदि में सेन्टर खुले तो यू . पी . का सेन्टर विशेष था . jab ādi mē̃ centre khulē tō U|you . P|pī . kā centre viśhēṣh thā . jab ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] centre khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|khulnā[opt.sg.23] tō U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[past.m.sg] . when etc. in centre (open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|open up[opt.sg.23]) then (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . of centre special be[past.m.sg] .
312When the centres first opened, the centre in UP was special.
276बापदादा मम्मा पहले पहले यू . पी . के सेन्टर पर रहे हैं . bāpdādā mama pahlē pahlē U|you . P|pī . K|kē centre par rahē haĩ . bāpdādā mama[n.f.;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada x (x|firstly) (x|firstly) (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . (K|of) centre (at|other) remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
313BapDada and Mama first stayed at the centre in UP.
277और यू . पी . में ज्ञान नदियों का भी सम्मेलन है . aur U|you . P|pī . mē̃ gyān nadiyō̃ kā bhī sammēlan hai . aur U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in knowledge river of too x be[pres.sg.23] .
314There is also the confluence of the rivers of knowledge in UP.
278बड़े में बड़ी गंगा नदी , जमुना दिल्ली में है और यू . पी . में गंगा नदी है , गंगा नदी का गायन क्या है ? baṛē mē̃ baṛī gaṅgā nadī , jamunā dillī mē̃ hai aur U|you . P|pī . mē̃ gaṅgā nadī hai , gaṅgā nadī kā gāyan kyā hai ? baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gaṅgā[n.f.;sg.] nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , jamunā[x] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] gaṅgā[n.f.;sg.] nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gaṅgā[n.f.;sg.] nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? very in very Ganges river , Jamuna Delhi in be[pres.sg.23] and (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in Ganges river be[pres.sg.23] , Ganges river of x what be[pres.sg.23] ?
315The biggest rivers - the Ganges and Jamuna - Jamuna is in Delhi and Ganges is in UP. 316What is the praise of the River Ganges?
279पतित पावनी . patit pāvanī . patit[adj.] pāvan[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . impure pure .
317It is the purifier.
280तो यू . पी . वालों को सदा यही लगन होगी पतित पावनी बन , पतित आत्माओं को कुछ न कुछ अंचली देने की . tō U|you . P|pī . vālō̃ kō sadā yahī lagan hōgī patit pāvanī ban , patit ātmāō̃ kō kuchh na kuchh añchalī dēnē key|kī . tō U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā yahī[pn.;d.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] patit[adj.] pāvan[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , patit[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . then (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . those who to constantly this love be[fut.f.sg.23] impure pure (become[root]|x) , impure soul to anything not anything drop give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
318So, those in UP must always have this concern of becoming purifiers and giving a drop of one thing or another to impure souls.
281अभी यू . पी . में सेन्टर बढ़ रहे हैं ना . abhī U|you . P|pī . mē̃ centre baṛh rahē haĩ nā . ab[adv.hī] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] centre baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . now (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in centre grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
319Now, centres are increasing in UP, are they not?
282बढ़े हैं ? baṛhē haĩ ? baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? grow[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
320Have they increased?
283आदि में तो रौनक रही है . ādi mē̃ tō raunak rahī hai . ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō raunak[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . etc. in then splendour remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
321In the beginning, there was great splendour there.
284समर्पण युगल यू . पी . से आरम्भ हुए . samarpaṇ yugal U|you . P|pī . sē ārambh huē . samarpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . sē[postp.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . surrender partner (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . from x be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
322The surrendered couples first came from UP.
285तो अभी भी यू . पी . कोई नया कार्य करके दिखाओ . tō abhī bhī U|you . P|pī . kōī nayā kārya karkē dikhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now too (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . some new task do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
323So, even now, UP should demonstrate by doing something new.
286यह फंक्शन , यह सम्मेलन यह तो होंगे , होते रहेंगे लेकिन कोई नया कुछ करके दिखाओ . yah function , yah sammēlan yah tō hōṅgē , hōtē rahē̃gē lēkin kōī nayā kuchh karkē dikhāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] function , yah[pn.sg.d.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this x , this x this then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] but some new anything do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
324The functions and conferences will all continue, they will continue to take place, but you now have to demonstrate this by doing something new.
287सभी जोन सोचते हैं कुछ करके दिखायें . sabhī zone sōchtē haĩ kuchh karkē dikhāyē̃ . sab[adv.hī] zone sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . all zone think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anything do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
325All the Zones are thinking that they should definitely demonstrate this by doing something.
288दिल्ली वाले भी सोच रहे हैं ना ! dillī vālē bhī sōch rahē haĩ nā ! dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā ! Delhi those who too think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ !
326Those of you from Delhi are also thinking this, are you not?
289अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
327It is good.
290कुछ न कुछ करते रहो , जो ब्राह्मण संसार में कोई न कोई खबर छपती रहे , आपकी भी तो अखबारे हैं ना . kuchh na kuchh kartē rahō , jō brāhmaṇ saṅsār mē̃ kōī na kōī khabar chhaptī rahē , āpkī bhī tō akhbārē haĩ nā . kuchh na[neg] kuchh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , jō[pn.;d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] khabar[n.f.;sg.] chhapnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , āp[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] tō akhbār[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . anything not anything do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , that Brahmin world in one .. or another x be imprinted[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , you[.kī] too then newspaper be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
328Continue to do something or other so that one or another piece of news continues to be printed in the Brahmin world. 329You also have the news magazines, do you not?
291तो कोई नया समाचार अखबारों में आना चाहिए . tō kōī nayā samāchār akhbārō̃ mē̃ ānā chāhiē . tō kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|ānā[.oblig3] . then some new news newspaper in (come[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|come[.oblig3]) .
330There should be some new news printed in the papers.
292बाकी यज्ञ सेवा में यू . पी . भी कम नहीं है . bākī yagya sēvā mē̃ U|you . P|pī . bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai . bākī|bākī yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) sacrificial fire service in (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
331UP is no less in serving the yagya.
293अच्छी संख्या आई है . achchhī saṅkhyā āī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha x come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
332A good number have come.
294बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
333BapDada is pleased.
295टीचर्स भी काफी हैं लेकिन कौन सी टीचर्स ? teachers bhī kāphī haĩ lēkin kaun C|see|sī teachers ? teacher bhī[p.] kāphī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher ? teacher too enough be[pres.pl.12hon3] but who (x|see) teacher ?
334There are many teachers too, but which teachers?
296बापदादा का जानती हो कि ऐसी टीचर्स जो अपने फीचर्स चलन और चेहरे से सभी को फ्युचर दिखाये . bāpdādā kā jāntī hō ki aisī teachers jō apnē features chalan aur chēhrē sē sabhī kō future dikhāyē . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.f.2] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] feature chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] future dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada of know[pres.pl.f.2] that such teacher that one’s own feature behaviour and face from all to future x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
335You know that BapDada wants teachers who show everyone their future through their face and activity.
297अभी का फ्यूचर क्या है ? abhī kā future kyā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] future kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now of future what be[pres.sg.23] ?
336What is the future of the present time?
298फरिश्ता . phariśhtā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . angel .
337Angel.
299भविष्य का फ्युचर देवता . bhaviṣhya kā future dēvtā . bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] future dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . future of future deity .
338And the deities are the future of the future.
300तो हर एक टीचर अभी का फ्युचर जो फरिश्ता है , चलो देवता तो भविष्य में बनेंगे लेकिन जो लास्ट घड़ी का स्वरूप है फरिश्ता , वह फीचर्स अर्थात् चलन और चेहरे से स्पष्ट दिखाई दे . tō har ēk teacher abhī kā future jō phariśhtā hai , chalō dēvtā tō bhaviṣhya mē̃ banē̃gē lēkin jō last ghaṛī kā svarūp hai phariśhtā , vah features arthāt chalan aur chēhrē sē spaṣhṭ dikhāī dē . tō har ēk[x] teacher ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] future jō[pn.;d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] tō bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] last ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] feature arthāt chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . then each one teacher now of future that angel be[pres.sg.23] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] deity then future in become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but that last moment of form be[pres.sg.23] angel , that feature that is behaviour and face from clearly be visible .
339So all the teachers - the future of the present time is the angel, and you will become deities in the future, but the angelic form of the last moment, those features, that is, it should be very clearly visible in your face and activity.
301जैसे शुरू-शुरू में जब आप सेवा में गये , 14 वर्ष तपस्या और बापदादा माँ की पालना का साथ लिया , तो पहले शुरू में जब सेवा में गये तो आप कोई कोई सेवाधारी आत्माओं का जिज्ञासु को कभी लाइट का ताज और कभी मस्तक में चमकता हुआ बिन्दू , यह दिखाई देता था और परखने की शक्ति आप में बहुत तीव्र थी , कोई भी आसुरी स्वभाव वाला आता था क्योंकि कुमारियां नाम था ना लेकिन उसकी चाल नहीं चलती थी इतनी ताकत थी जो वह स्वयं पांव पर गिरकर कहते थे कि हमने क्या सोचा और आप कौन हो ! jaisē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ jab āp sēvā mē̃ gayē , 14 varṣh tapasyā aur bāpdādā mā̃ key|kī pālnā kā sāth liyā , tō pahlē śhurū mē̃ jab sēvā mē̃ gayē tō āp kōī kōī sēvādhārī ātmāō̃ kā jigyāsu kō kabhī light kā tāj aur kabhī mastak mē̃ chamaktā huā bindū , yah dikhāī dētā thā aur parakhnē key|kī śhakti āp mē̃ bahut tīvr thī , kōī bhī āsurī svabhāv vālā ātā thā kyōṅki kumāriyā̃ nām thā nā lēkin uskī chāl nahī̃ chaltī thī itnī tākat thī jō vah svayã pāṅw par girkar kahtē thē ki hamnē kyā sōchā aur āp kaun hō ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab āp[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , 14 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] aur bāpdādā mā̃[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āp[pn.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jigyāsu[adj.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kabhī[adv.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[hab-past.m.sg.] aur parakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bahut tīvr[adj.] hōnā[past.f] , kōī bhī[x] āsurī[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] kyōṅki kumārī[x] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā lēkin vah[pn.sg.kī] chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[hab-past.f.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] svayã pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] girnā[abs.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] kyā sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! like beginning in when you service in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , 14 year tapasya and BapDada mother (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of with take[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then (x|firstly) beginning in when service in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then you some some server soul of x to ever light of crown and ever forehead in x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] point , this be visible and x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti you in very intense be[past.f] , anyone devilish nature those who come[hab-past.m.sg.] because kumari name be[past.m.sg] ∅ but that[.kī] (x|move[root]) not continue[hab-past.f.] such power be[past.f] that that x foot (at|other) fall down[abs.] say[hab-past.pl.m.] that we[.nē] what think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and you who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
340When you went out on service in the beginning, you took with you the support of your 14 years of tapasya and also the sustenance of BapDada and Maa, so when you first went on service, some students were able to see on the forehead of some of you server souls a crown of light or a sparkling light in the centre of the forehead. 341You had a very sharp power of discrimination so that when anyone with an impure nature came to you, because you were kumaris, they were not able to do anything. 342You had so much power that they themselves fell at your feet and said: What did we think about you and who are you!
302यह पवित्रता का जो चमत्कार था वह प्रत्यक्ष चलन में स्वप्न तक था . yah pavitratā kā jō chamatkār thā vah pratyakṣha chalan mē̃ svapn tak thā . yah[pn.sg.d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] chamatkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] vah[pn.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak hōnā[past.m.sg] . this purity of that x be[past.m.sg] that visible behaviour in dream until be[past.m.sg] .
343This sparkle of purity that you had was in your practical activity and even in your dreams.
303अपवित्रता का स्वप्न मात्र भी नहीं था था है नहीं कहते हैं था . apavitratā kā svapn mātra bhī nahī̃ thā thā hai nahī̃ kahtē haĩ thā . apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] hōnā[past.m.sg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[past.m.sg] . impurity of dream just too not be[past.m.sg] be[past.m.sg] be[pres.sg.23] not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[past.m.sg] .
344There wasn't the slightest impurity, not even in your dreams. 345It was like that; it is not like that now, it was like that.
304अब फिर से अपने साथियों में यह लाइट माइट की दृढ़ता लाते रहो . ab phir sē apnē sāthiyō̃ mē̃ yah light might key|kī dr̥iṛhtā lātē rahō . ab[adv.] phir sē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] light might key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . now again one’s own companion in this light might (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) determination x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
346Now, once again, continue to put this determination of light and might in your companions.
305इजी नहीं . easy nahī̃ . easy nahī̃[neg] . easy not .
347Do not be slack.
306समझते तो हो सभी टीचर्स निमित्त हो ना बाबा की तरफ से और बापदादा को टीचर्स छोटी चाहे बड़ी उनके लिए दिल में बहुत प्यार है क्योंकि बाप के कार्य में सहयोगी हो . samajhtē tō hō sabhī teachers nimitt hō nā bābā key|kī taraph sē aur bāpdādā kō teachers chhōṭī chāhē baṛī unkē liē dil mē̃ bahut pyār hai kyōṅki bāp K|kē kārya mē̃ sahyōgī hō . samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] teacher nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā bābā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] teacher chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vah[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all teacher instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ Baba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from and BapDada to teacher small (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) heart in very love be[pres.sg.23] because father (K|of) task in co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
348All of you understand that you teachers are instruments on behalf of Baba. 349And BapDada has a lot of love for all the teachers, whether they are young or old because you are co-operative in the Father's task.
307निमित्त हो सहयोगी हो . nimitt hō sahyōgī hō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
350You are instruments and co-operative.
308चारों ओर सभी स्टूडेन्ट के सामने साकार रूप में आप टीचर्स हो . chārō̃ ōr sabhī student K|kē sāmnē sākār rūp mē̃ āp teachers hō . chārō̃ ōr[x] sab[adv.hī] student K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] teacher hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . everywhere all student (K|of) x sakar Rup in you teacher (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
351You teachers are in front of the students in the corporeal form everywhere.
309अव्यक्त रूप में बापदादा है और एडवांस पार्टी भी आपको सकाश देती रहती है जब अमृतवेले वतन में आते हैं तो सखियों को भी याद करती है सेन्टर्स को भी याद करती है . avyakt rūp mē̃ bāpdādā hai aur advance party bhī āpkō sakāśh dētī rahtī hai jab amr̥itvēlē vatan mē̃ ātē haĩ tō sakhiyō̃ kō bhī yād kartī hai centres kō bhī yād kartī hai . avyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur advance party[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] jab amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sakhā[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.f.23] centre kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . avyakt Rup in BapDada be[pres.sg.23] and advance party too you[.kō] sakaash give[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] when amrit vela world in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then friend to too remember centre to too remember .
352In the avyakt form, there is BapDada and the advance party continues to give you sakaash. 353When they come to the subtle region at amrit vela, they remember their friends and also the centres.
310तो यू . पी . सबसे नम्बरवन बनना है बन रहे हैं . tō U|you . P|pī . sabsē number one bannā hai ban rahē haĩ . tō U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . sabsē number one bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . the most number one become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
354So, UP has to become number one. 355You are becoming that.
311कमाल करेंगे . kamāl karē̃gē . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
356You will perform wonders.
312करनी ही है . karnī hī hai . karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|do[inf.f.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .
357You definitely have to do this.
313स्पार्क और साइंस इंजीनियर विंग की मीटिंग है : अच्छा मीटिंग्स तो आप लोग करते रहते हो और अच्छा उमंग उत्साह से करते हो यह बापदादा देखता और सुनता भी रहता है . SpARC aur science engineer wing key|kī meeting hai : achchhā meetings tō āp lōg kartē rahtē hō aur achchhā umaṅg utsāh sē kartē hō yah bāpdādā dēkhtā aur suntā bhī rahtā hai . SpARC aur science engineer wing key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] meeting hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] meeting tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur sunnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . SPARC and science engineer wing (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) meeting be[pres.sg.23] : achcha meeting then you people do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] and achcha zeal enthusiasm from do[pres.pl.m.2] this BapDada see[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and listen[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
358SpARC and Scientists & Engineering Wings meeting: You continue to have meetings and you do that with good zeal and enthusiasm. 359BapDada continues to see and hear about this.
314धारणा के प्लैन भी बनाते रहते हो . dhārṇā K|kē plan bhī banātē rahtē hō . dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . dharna (K|of) plan too create[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
360You also continue to make plans for imbibing this.
315बापदादा ने समाचार सुना . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
361BapDada heard the news.
316सभी अपनी स्व उन्नति और सेवा के प्लैन नये नये भी बनाते रहते हो . sabhī apnī sva unnati aur sēvā K|kē plan nayē nayē bhī banātē rahtē hō . sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sva unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . all one’s own x self-progress and service (K|of) plan new new too create[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
362All of you continue to make new plans for your self-progress and also for service.
317अभी यही लक्ष्य रखना है कि दुनिया वालों को अभी दिलासा देने की आवश्यकता है . abhī yahī lakṣhya rakhnā hai ki duniyā vālō̃ kō abhī dilāsā dēnē key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai . ab[adv.hī] yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now this aim keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that world those who to now x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] .
363Now, you have to keep the aim that there is a need to give assurance to the people of the world.
318वह बिचारे सरकमस्टांश को देख भयभीत हो रहे हैं . vah bichārē circumstance kō dēkh bhaybhīt hō rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] circumstance kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bhaybhīt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that poor people circumstances to see[root] in fear be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 319डर फैल रहा है . ḍar phail rahā hai . ḍarnā[root]|ḍar[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . (have fear[root]|x) spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
364Seeing the circumstances, the poor people are afraid and fear is spreading.
320तो ऐसे समय पर आपको विशेष तो सारी आत्मायें आपकी हैं लेकिन विशेष आप अपने वर्ग को दिलासा दिलाओ कि आप अगर मेडीटेशन का कोर्स करेंगे तो आपका यह डर वा टेन्शन समाप्त हो जायेगा और ज्ञान नहीं दो पहले लेकिन मेडीटेशन करो और कराओ उसका निमन्त्रण दो टेन्शन फ्री लाइफ का अनुभव करने का प्रोग्राम ज्यादा करो . tō aisē samay par āpkō viśhēṣh tō sārī ātmāyē̃ āpkī haĩ lēkin viśhēṣh āp apnē varg kō dilāsā dilāō ki āp agar meditation kā course karē̃gē tō āpkā yah ḍar vā tension samāpt hō jāyēgā aur gyān nahī̃ dō pahlē lēkin meditation karō aur karāō uskā nimantraṇ dō tension free life kā anubhav karnē kā programme jyādā karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] agar meditation kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] course karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] yah[pn.sg.d.] ḍarnā[root]|ḍar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā tension samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] lēkin meditation karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kā] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tension free life kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such time (at|other) you[.kō] special then the whole soul you[.kī] be[pres.pl.12hon3] but special you one’s own profession to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you if x of course do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.kā] this (have fear[root]|x) or tension finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and knowledge not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (x|firstly) but x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kā] invitation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) tension free life of experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
365At such a time, you have to give assurance to all souls, but especially to the people of your wing, that if they do the meditation course, their fear and tension will finish. 366Do not give them knowledge first, but invite them to learn meditation first. 367Have more programmes of giving them an experience of a tension-free life.
321करते हो लेकिन अभी ज्यादा करो उन्हों को आध्यात्मिक शक्ति का अनुभव कराओ . kartē hō lēkin abhī jyādā karō unhō̃ kō ādhyātmik śhakti kā anubhav karāō . karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ādhyātmik[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[pres.pl.m.2] but now more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that to spiritual Shakti of experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
368You do do this, but now do it more. 369Give them an experience of spiritual power.
322सिर्फ भाषण नहीं लेकिन अनुभव कराओ भले छोटे छोटे ग्रुप को कराओ . sirph bhāṣhaṇ nahī̃ lēkin anubhav karāō bhalē chhōṭē chhōṭē group kō karāō . sirph[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only lecture not but experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit small small group to make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 323बड़े ग्रुप को कराओ लेकिन अनुभव कराओ . baṛē group kō karāō lēkin anubhav karāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very group to make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
370Let it not just be lectures, but give them an experience. 371You may do this with small groups or big groups, but definitely give them an experience.
324अनुभव वाला व्यक्ति कभी रह नहीं सकता . anubhav vālā vyakti kabhī rah nahī̃ saktā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experience those who x ever remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
372A person who has had an experience can never stay without sharing that experience.
325और अनुभव की अथॉरिटी नम्बरवन है . aur anubhav key|kī authority number one hai . aur anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority number one be[pres.sg.23] .
373And the authority of experience is number one.
326अनुभव वाला किसी के बहकावे में नहीं आ सकता . anubhav vālā kisī K|kē bahakāvē mē̃ nahī̃ ā saktā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experience those who (some|anything) (K|of) x in not come[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
374Someone who has experienced something cannot be influenced by others.
327समस्या में घबरा नहीं सकता क्योंकि मेडीटेशन से शक्ति अनुभव होती है . samasyā mē̃ ghabrā nahī̃ saktā kyōṅki meditation sē śhakti anubhav hōtī hai . samasyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ghabrānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki meditation sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . problem in be afraid[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] because x from Shakti experience be[pres.sg.f.23] .
375He cannot be afraid in such situations because through meditation, he experiences power.
328तो मेडीटेशन की टैम्पटेशन ज्यादा अनुभव कराओ . tō meditation key|kī temptation jyādā anubhav karāō . tō meditation key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] temptation jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) temptation more experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
376So, give them greater experiences of the temptation of meditation.
329बाकी प्रोग्राम तो करते रहते हो . bākī programme tō kartē rahtē hō . bākī|bākī programme tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . (others|but) programme then do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
377You continue to have programmes anyway.
330वह तो चलते रहेंगे और चलाओ लेकिन यह विशेष ध्यान दो . vah tō chaltē rahē̃gē aur chalāō lēkin yah viśhēṣh dhyān dō . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . that then continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but this special attention (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
378They will continue and you have to make them continue, but also pay special attention to this.
331कोई भी आता है कोर्स करता है लेकिन कोर्स के बीच में अनुभव किया या सिर्फ नॉलेज ली . kōī bhī ātā hai course kartā hai lēkin course K|kē bīch mē̃ anubhav kiyā yā sirph knowledge lī . kōī bhī[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] course karnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin course K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā sirph[adj.] knowledge lēnā[past-part.f.] . anyone come[pres.sg.m.23] course do[pres.sg.m.23] but course (K|of) centre in experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] or only knowledge take[past-part.f.] .
379Anyone who came and did the course, together with that course, did he also have an experience or did he just take the knowledge?
332अनुभव जरूर कराओ . anubhav jarūr karāō . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . experience definitely make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
380Definitely give an experience of anything.
333किसी भी बात का चाहे ज्ञान के हिसाब से परमात्म ज्ञान है यह अनुभव हो योग द्वारा अपने में शक्तियों की अनुभूति हो हिम्मत आवे कोई भी बात की समस्याओं को हल करने की हिम्मत आवे और धारणा की हिम्मत आवे नहीं तो धारणा सुन करके घबरा जाता है . kisī bhī bāt kā chāhē gyān K|kē hisāb sē paramātma gyān hai yah anubhav hō yōg dvārā apnē mē̃ śhaktiyō̃ key|kī anubhūti hō himmat āvē kōī bhī bāt key|kī samasyāō̃ kō hal karnē key|kī himmat āvē aur dhārṇā key|kī himmat āvē nahī̃ tō dhārṇā sun karkē ghabrā jātā hai . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃ tō[x] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] ghabrānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (some|anything) too matter of (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) knowledge (K|of) account from Supreme Soul knowledge be[pres.sg.23] this experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) yoga through one’s own in Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) courage come[opt.sg.23] anyone matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) problem to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage come[opt.sg.23] and dharna (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage come[opt.sg.23] otherwise dharna listen[root] do[abs.] be afraid[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
381It could be any experience. 382In terms of knowledge, let them experience that this is God's knowledge. 383Through yoga, let them experience powers in them. 384Let them have courage. 385Enable them to have the courage to find a solution to any problem and also have the courage to imbibe this. 386Otherwise, when they hear of having to imbibe these things, they become afraid.
334पहले प्राप्ति सुनाओ प्राप्ति क्या होती है प्राप्तियों की आकर्षण से सभी शुरू कर देते हैं . pahlē prāpti sunāō prāpti kyā hōtī hai prāptiyō̃ key|kī ākarṣhaṇ sē sabhī śhurū kar dētē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . (x|firstly) attainment speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] attainment what be[pres.sg.f.23] attainment (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attraction from all beginning do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
387First of all, tell them about the attainment and what that attainment is. 388With the attraction of the attainment, they will all begin to come.
335परमात्मा का परिचय भी देते हो तो पहले प्राप्तियां क्या होती है वह सुनाओ तो प्राप्तियों के आधार से आकर्षित होते हैं . paramātmā kā parichay bhī dētē hō tō pahlē prāptiyā̃ kyā hōtī hai vah sunāō tō prāptiyō̃ K|kē ādhār sē ākarṣhit hōtē haĩ . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ākarṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Supreme Soul of introduction too give[pres.pl.m.2] then (x|firstly) attainment what be[pres.sg.f.23] that speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then attainment (K|of) basis from attracted be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
389When you give God's introduction, first tell them what attainments they will have and, on the basis of the attainment, they will be attracted.
336क्या मिलेगा क्या बनेगा कैसे समस्यायें आपके लिए सहज हो जायेंगी ऐसी ऐसी अनुभव की बातें सुनाओ . kyā milēgā kyā banēgā kaisē samasyāyē̃ āpkē liē sahaj hō jāyēṅgī aisī aisī anubhav key|kī bātē̃ sunāō . kyā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samasyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . what receive[fut.m.sg.23] what become[fut.m.sg.23] how problem you[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) easy be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] such such experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
390Tell them the things of the experiences of what they will receive, what they will become and how they will easily find solutions to problems.
337बाकी आपस में मिलते हो बापदादा के पास रिपोर्ट आती है बापदादा खुश है कि यह भी संगठन में मेल होता है ब्राह्मणों को भी रिफ्रेशमेंट मिलती है . bākī āpas mē̃ miltē hō bāpdādā kē pās report ātī hai bāpdādā khuśh hai ki yah bhī saṅgaṭhan mē̃ male|mail|mēl hōtā hai brāhmaṇō̃ kō bhī refreshment miltī hai . bākī|bākī āpas mē̃[x] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] bāpdādā kē pās[x] report ānā[pres.sg.f.23] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] male|mail|mēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] refreshment milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . (others|but) with each other receive[pres.pl.m.2] BapDada to report come[pres.sg.f.23] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that this too gathering in (male|x|coming together) be[pres.sg.m.23] Brahmin to too x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
391BapDada receives the report of how you all meet one another. 392BapDada is pleased that there is this harmony in these gatherings and that the Brahmins receive refreshment.
338मिलते हैं ना आपस में कुछ न कुछ राय तो देते ही हैं . miltē haĩ nā āpas mē̃ kuchh na kuchh rāy tō dētē hī haĩ . milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā āpas mē̃[x] kuchh na[neg] kuchh rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] tō dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ with each other anything not anything (x) then give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
393You all meet one another and you give one or another form of advice to one another.
339तो दोनों वर्ग अच्छा कर रहे हो और आगे भी करते रहेंगे . tō dōnō̃ varg achchhā kar rahē hō aur āgē bhī kartē rahē̃gē . tō dōnō̃ varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then x profession achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and previously too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
394Both wings are doing well and will continue to do so in the future too.
340यह बापदादा को खुशी है . yah bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
395BapDada is pleased.
341अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
396Achcha.
342डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें 80 देशों से आये हैं : इस बारी जो डबल फारेनर्स ने भिन्न भिन्न प्रोग्राम बनाये हैं युगलों का टीचर्स का … युगल हाथ उठाओ जो युगल आये हैं . double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ 80 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ : is bārī jō double foreigners nē bhinn bhinn programme banāyē haĩ yugalō̃ kā teachers kā … yugal hāth uṭhāō jō yugal āyē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] 80 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] double foreigner nē[postp.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] programme banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yugal[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x 80 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : this x that double foreigner ∅ different different programme create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] partner of teacher of … partner raise your hands that partner come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
397Double foreign brothers and sisters have come from 80 countries: This time double foreigners have had programmes of different groups such as couples, teachers etc. 398Those couples who have come here, raise your hands!
343बापदादा ने देखा युगल तैयार तो अच्छे हो गये हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā yugal taiyār tō achchhē hō gayē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] partner x then achcha be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 344लेकिन बाबा की जो आशा है उसको पूर्ण नहीं किया है . lēkin bābā key|kī jō āśhā hai uskō pūrṇ nahī̃ kiyā hai . lēkin bābā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] pūrṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but Baba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that desire be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] x not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
399BapDada has seen that very good couples are ready, but you have still not fulfilled Baba's hope.
345कौन सी आशा है ? kaun C|see|sī āśhā hai ? kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? who (x|see) desire be[pres.sg.23] ?
400What is that hope?
346कोई महामण्डलेश्वर को चरणों में झुकाओ क्योंकि आप लोग सहज उनको फेल कर सकते हो . kōī mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar kō charaṇō̃ mē̃ jhukāō kyōṅki āp lōg sahaj unkō fail kar saktē hō . kōī[pn.;d.] mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] charaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jhukānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] vah[pn.pl.kō] fail karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . some mahamandleshwar to x in bow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because you people easy that[.kō] fail do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
401To make a Mahamandleshwar (a guru) bow down at your feet because you people can easily fail them.
347आप कहते हो हो नहीं सकता और हमने सहज किया है . āp kahtē hō hō nahī̃ saktā aur hamnē sahaj kiyā hai . āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur ham[pn.pl.nē] sahaj[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you say[pres.pl.m.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and we[.nē] easy do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
402Tell them: You people say that that is not possible whereas we have achieved that easily.
348अपने अनुभव की अथॉरिटी से उन्हों को झुका सकते हो तभी गीता का भगवान भी सिद्ध होगा . apnē anubhav key|kī authority sē unhō̃ kō jhukā saktē hō tabhī gītā kā bhagvān bhī siddha hōgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] jhukānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] tabhī gītā kā bhagvān[x] bhī[p.] siddh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one’s own experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority from that to bow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] x God of the Gita too successful be[fut.m.sg.23] .
403You can make them bow down with the authority of your experience for only then will the God of the Gita also be revealed.
349युगलों में यह ताकत है वह जब ढीले हो जायेंगे ना फिर सब बातें मानने लगेंगे . yugalō̃ mē̃ yah tākat hai vah jab ḍhīlē hō jāyēṅgē nā phir sab bātē̃ mānnē lagē̃gē . yugal[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jab ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . partner in this power be[pres.sg.23] that when x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ (then|turn[root]) all matter x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .
404Couples have this power. 405When those people become weak, they will begin to accept everything.
350तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है युगल बहुत कमाल कर सकते हैं क्यों ? tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai yugal bahut kamāl kar saktē haĩ kyō̃ ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyō̃ ? then BapDada to enjoy partner very x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] why ?
406BapDada likes it that the couples can perform great wonders. 407Why?
351अभी भी किया है जब से युगल-युगल चलते रहते हो पुराने भी हो गये हो तो यह देख करके सुन करके कितनी संख्या बढ़ गई है . abhī bhī kiyā hai jab sē yugal-yugal chaltē rahtē hō purānē bhī hō gayē hō tō yah dēkh karkē sun karkē kitnī saṅkhyā baṛh gaī hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jab sē[postp.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . now too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] when from partner continue[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] old too be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then this see[root] do[abs.] listen[root] do[abs.] so x grow[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
408You have already done that. 409You couples have been following this path, and you have now become old, and the numbers have increased so much from seeing and hearing about this.
352एक काम तो किया है उमंग उत्साह लोगों में बढ़ाया है कि हम भी कर सकते हैं छोड़ना नहीं पड़ेगा डरते हैं ना छोडने से . ēk kām tō kiyā hai umaṅg utsāh lōgō̃ mē̃ baṛhāyā hai ki ham bhī kar saktē haĩ chhōṛnā nahī̃ paṛēgā ḍartē haĩ nā chhōḍnē sē . ēk[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ḍarnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] . one (task|lust) then do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] zeal enthusiasm people in increase[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[fut.m.sg.23] have fear[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] from .
410You have at least done one thing. 411You have increased zeal and enthusiasm in people that they too can do this; that they will not have to renounce anything, because people are afraid of having to renounce everything.
353लेकिन आपने छोडा नहीं बनाया है . lēkin āpnē chhōḍā nahī̃ banāyā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.nē] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but you[.nē] renounce[past-part.m.sg.d.] not create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
412However, you didn't renounce anything, you made yourselves.
354कुछ छोडा है ? kuchh chhōḍā hai ? kuchh chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? anything renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
413Did you renounce anything?
355सफेद ड्रेस पहनी रंगीन पहनने की मना नहीं है लेकिन स्कूल की भी तो ड्रेस होती है ना . saphēd dress pahanī raṅgīn pahannē key|kī manā nahī̃ hai lēkin school key|kī bhī tō dress hōtī hai nā . saphēd[adj.] dress pahannā[past-part.f.] raṅgīn[adj.] pahannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|manānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin school key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] tō dress hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . white dress x[past-part.f.] x x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|celebrate[root]) not be[pres.sg.23] but school (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too then dress be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
414You wore a white dress. 415You are not forbidden to wear coloured clothes, but a school does have a uniform.
356बाकी तो कोई मना नहीं है . bākī tō kōī manā nahī̃ hai . bākī|bākī tō kōī[pn.;d.] manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|manānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) then some (x|celebrate[root]) not be[pres.sg.23] .
416You are not forbidden anything.
357तो युगल बहुत कमाल चैलेन्ज कर सकते हैं . tō yugal bahut kamāl challenge kar saktē haĩ . tō yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] challenge karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then partner very x challenge do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
417The couples can perform great wonders and issue a challenge.
358ऐसा प्रोग्राम बनाओ . aisā programme banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
418Make such a programme.
359देखें कौन से युगल तैयार होते हैं . dēkhē̃ kaun sē yugal taiyār hōtē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.12hon3] who from partner x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
419We shall see which couples become ready.
360पहले तो ट्रायल करो कोई ऐसा कनेक्शन वाला हो उससे ट्रॉयल करके देखो . pahlē tō trial karō kōī aisā connection vālā hō ussē trial karkē dēkhō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.sē] trial karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) then try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some such connection those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.sē] try do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
420First of all try this. 421Try it on someone with whom you have some connection.
361फिर एक ढीला हुआ तो और भी बन जायेंगे . phir ēk ḍhīlā huā tō aur bhī ban jāyēṅgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ēk[adj.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō aur bhī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) one x be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then and too become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 362तो अच्छा लगता है बापदादा को युगलों का सम्मेलन अच्छा लगता है . tō achchhā lagtā hai bāpdādā kō yugalō̃ kā sammēlan achchhā lagtā hai . tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yugal[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then enjoy BapDada to partner of x enjoy .
422If one person is willing to accept this then others will do the same. 423So, BapDada likes the gathering of the couples.
363अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha
424Achcha.
364अभी फारेन की टे्रानिंग वाली टीचर्स उठो : अच्छा टीचर्स समझती हो कि टे्रानिंग मिलना अच्छा है ? abhī foreign key|kī training vālī teachers uṭhō : achchhā teachers samajhtī hō ki training milnā achchhā hai ? ab[adv.hī] foreign key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] training vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher samajhnā[pres.pl.f.2] ki[conj.] training milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now abroad (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) training those who teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : achcha teacher understand[pres.pl.f.2] that training receive[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] ?
425Centres Coordinator teachers, stand up! 426Do you teachers feel that it is good to receive this training?
365जो समझते हैं कि यह जरूरी है अच्छा है वह ऐसे हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki yah jarūrī hai achchhā hai vah aisē hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this essential be[pres.sg.23] achcha be[pres.sg.23] that such raise your hands .
427Those who feel that this is essential and good, raise your hands!
366तो मुबारक है निमित्त टीचर्स को . tō mubārak hai nimitt teachers kō . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher kō[postp.] . then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] instrument teacher to . 367क्योकि मेहनत अच्छी की है और डायरेक्ट सेवा यह करेंगी और पुण्य आप निमित्त वालों को मिल जायेगा . kyōki mēhnat achchhī kī hai aur direct sēvā yah karē̃gī aur puṇya āp nimitt vālō̃ kō mil jāyēgā . kyōṅki mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur direct sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] aur puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . because effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and direct service this do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] and charity you instrument those who to receive[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
428Congratulations to the instrument teachers (seniors) because you have worked hard. 429These teachers will do the service directly and you instruments will receive the charity of it.
368यह अच्छा है नई नई टीचर्स बनती जाती हैं यह भी ड्रामा में पार्ट है . yah achchhā hai naī naī teachers bantī jātī haĩ yah bhī drama mē̃ part hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this achcha be[pres.sg.23] new new teacher become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] this too drama in part be[pres.sg.23] .
430This is good. 431New ones continue to become teachers and that is also a part in the drama.
369फारेन में देखो कितने नये नये सेन्टर्स खुलते रहते हैं तो बहुत खुशी की बात है कि टे्रानिंग लेके आप जो आने वाले हैं उन्हों को भी जल्दी से जल्दी उड़ाने के निमित्त बनेंगे . foreign mē̃ dēkhō kitnē nayē nayē centres khultē rahtē haĩ tō bahut khuśhī key|kī bāt hai ki training lēkē āp jō ānē vālē haĩ unhō̃ kō bhī jaldī sē jaldī uṛānē kē nimitt banē̃gē . foreign mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre khulnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] training lēnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . abroad in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so new new centre open up[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then very happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] that training take[abs.] you that (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to too very quickly from very quickly x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
432Look how so many new centres continue to open abroad and it is a matter of great happiness that you take training and become instruments to make the ones who come now fly quickly.
370बापदादा सभी फारेनर्स को एक तो मुबारक देते ही हैं कि जॉब भी करते और सेन्टर भी सम्भालते सब ताली बजाओ . bāpdādā sabhī foreigners kō ēk tō mubārak dētē hī haĩ ki job bhī kartē aur centre bhī sambhāltē sab tālī bajāō . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] foreigner kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] job bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur centre bhī[p.] sambhālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada all foreigner to one then congratulations give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] that x too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and centre too be careful[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
433BapDada gives congratulations for one thing to all the foreigners which is that you have a job and you also look after a centre. 434Everyone may applaud.
371वैसे टीचर बनके सेन्टर चलाना यह भी बहुत बड़ा भाग्य है कॉमन चीज़ नहीं है क्योंकि टीचर बनना अर्थात् वर्तमान बाप की गद्दी के मालिक बनना वह है मुरली सुनाना . vaisē teacher bankē centre chalānā yah bhī bahut baṛā bhāgya hai common chīz nahī̃ hai kyōṅki teacher bannā arthāt vartamān bāp key|kī gaddī K|kē mālik bannā vah hai murlī sunānā . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher bannā[abs.] centre chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] common chīz[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki teacher bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt vartamān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gaddī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x teacher become[abs.] centre x[inf.m.sg.d.] this too very very x be[pres.sg.23] x thing not be[pres.sg.23] because teacher become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is present father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) throne (K|of) master become[inf.m.sg.d.] that be[pres.sg.23] flute speak[inf.m.sg.d.] . 372मुरली द्वारा आत्माओं को रिफ्रेश करना . murlī dvārā ātmāō̃ kō refresh karnā . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] refresh karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . flute through soul to refresh do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
435In fact, to be a teacher and to run a centre is very great fortune. 436It is not a common thing because to become a teacher means to become a master of the Father's gaddi at the present time, and that is to read the murli and to refresh souls through the murli.
373बापदादा टीचर्स को गुरूभाई कहते हैं क्योंकि मुरली सुनाने के तख्त के अधिकारी बनते हो . bāpdādā teachers kō gurūbhāī kahtē haĩ kyōṅki murlī sunānē K|kē takht K|kē adhikārī bantē hō . bāpdādā teacher kō[postp.] gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . BapDada teacher to guru-bhai say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because flute speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) throne (K|of) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.2] . 374निमित्त बनते हो . nimitt bantē hō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . instrument become[pres.pl.m.2] .
437BapDada calls the teachers "guru-bhai" (next in line to the guru) because you claim a right to the throne to read the murli; you become instruments.
375फायदा भी है और कायदा भी है . phāydā bhī hai aur kāydā bhī hai . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . profit too be[pres.sg.23] and law too be[pres.sg.23] . 376दोनों है . dōnō̃ hai . dōnō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x be[pres.sg.23] .
438There are the benefits (faida) and also the laws (kayda): there are both.
377लेकिन बापदादा खुश है कि आप अपने रूचि से टाइम निकालके आये हो . lēkin bāpdādā khuśh hai ki āp apnē rūchi sē time nikālkē āyē hō . lēkin bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] time nikālnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . but BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that you one’s own interest from time x[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
439However, BapDada is pleased that all of you have made the time to come here from your own interest.
378टे्रानिंग करना यह बापदादा को बहुत पसन्द आता है . training karnā yah bāpdādā kō bahut pasand ātā hai . training karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . training do[inf.m.sg.d.] this BapDada to very love come[pres.sg.m.23] .
440BapDada loves everyone to receive training.
379तो बहुत अच्छा किया जो इतने सबने टे्रानिंग किया . tō bahut achchhā kiyā jō itnē sabnē training kiyā . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sabnē training karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that such x training do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
441So, it is very good that so many of you had the training.
380निमित्त हो और निमित्त का फल बहुत बड़ा पुण्य का खाता जमा होना है . nimitt hō aur nimitt kā phal bahut baṛā puṇya kā khātā jamā hōnā hai . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and instrument of fruit very very accounts of charity (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
442You are instruments and the fruit of being an instrument is to accumulate hugely in your account of charity.
381निमित्त भाव नहीं छोड़ना मैं नहीं लाना . nimitt bhāv nahī̃ chhōṛnā maĩ nahī̃ lānā . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . instrument consciousness not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] I not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
443Do not let go of the feeling of being an instrument.
444Do not have the consciousness of "I".
382मैं यह सांप है काला सांप . maĩ yah sāmp hai kālā sāmp . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sāmp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kālā[x] sāmp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . I this snake be[pres.sg.23] ugly snake .
445"I" is a snake, it is an ugly snake.
383हप कर लेता है . hap kar lētā hai . hap karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . swallow .
446It will swallow you.
384निमित्त हूँ करावनहार करा रहा है चलाने वाला चला रहा है . nimitt hū̃ karāvanhār karā rahā hai chalānē vālā chalā rahā hai . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] karāvanhār karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . instrument be[pres.sg.1] karavanhar make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
447I am an instrument and Karavanhar (One who makes everyone perform) is making me do it. 448The One who is making everyone move is making me move.
385और कम्बाइन्ड रहना . aur combined rahnā . aur combined rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and combined remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
449And remain combined.
386अकेले नहीं बनना . akēlē nahī̃ bannā . akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . alone not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
450Do not remain alone.
387अकेले बने माया को दरवाजा खोला . akēlē banē māyā kō darvājā khōlā . akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . alone (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) Maya to door open[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
451When you become alone, you open the door to Maya.
388बापदादा खुश है मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hai mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
452Baba is pleased and giving you congratulations.
389अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
453Achcha.
390सभी फारेनर्स कुछ न कुछ हर साल करते रहो . sabhī foreigners kuchh na kuchh har|her sāl kartē rahō . sab[adv.hī] foreigner kuchh na[neg] kuchh harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . all foreigner anything not anything (x[root]|x) year do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
454All double foreigners continue to do something or other every year.
391अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
455It is good.
392सर्विस के प्लैन भी बनाते रहते हैं . service K|kē plan bhī banātē rahtē haĩ . service[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . service (K|of) plan too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
456You also continue to make service plans.
393एक दो को उमंग उत्साह बढ़ाते रहना यह सबसे बड़ी सेवा है . ēk dō kō umaṅg utsāh baṛhātē rahnā yah sabsē baṛī sēvā hai . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to zeal enthusiasm increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] this the most very service be[pres.sg.23] .
457To continue to increase the zeal and enthusiasm of one another is the greatest service of all.
394बापदादा ने देखा कि निमित्त टीचर्स जिन्होंने टे्रानिंग कराया वह उठो . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki nimitt teachers jinhōnnē training karāyā vah uṭhō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher jō[pn.pl.nē] training karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that instrument teacher that[.nē] training make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
458The instrument teachers who conducted the training, stand up!
395यह भी अच्छा . yah bhī achchhā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this too achcha .
459This one is also good.
396 ( चारले भाई से ) भाई सबमें चांस लेते हैं यह बहुत अच्छा . ( cāralē bhāī sē ) bhāī sabmē̃ chance lētē haĩ yah bahut achchhā . ( x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ) bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from ) (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x chance take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this very achcha .
460(Speaking to brother Charlie.) 461Brothers take a change in everything and that is very good.
397बापदादा आपके सेवा की रिजल्ट देख करके खुश है . bāpdādā āpkē sēvā key|kī result dēkh karkē khuśh hai . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada you[.kē] service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
462BapDada is pleased to see the result of your service.
398सभी की सूरत से उमंग उत्साह लग रहा है यह बहुत अच्छा है . sabhī key|kī sūrat sē umaṅg utsāh lag rahā hai yah bahut achchhā hai . sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x from zeal enthusiasm x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
463Zeal and enthusiasm are visible on everyone's face and that is very good.
399अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 400अभी सभी को होली की सौगात क्या देनी है वह याद है ? abhī sabhī kō hōlī|holy key|kī saugāt kyā dēnī hai vah yād hai ? ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kyā dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now all to (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift what give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
464Achcha, now does everyone remember what gift you have to give for Holi?
401याद है ना ! yād hai nā ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
465Do you remember it?
402बापदादा का एक एक बच्चे से स्पेशल प्यार है ऐसे नहीं कि सिर्फ निमित्त बनने वालों से लेकिन एक-एक बच्चा कोटों में कोई तो है ही लास्ट नम्बर भी कोटो में कोई है . bāpdādā kā ēk ēk bachchē sē special pyār hai aisē nahī̃ ki sirph nimitt bannē vālō̃ sē lēkin ēk-ēk bachchā kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī tō hai hī last number bhī kōṭō mē̃ kōī hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] special pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] lēkin ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] last number bhī[p.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of one one child from special love be[pres.sg.23] it isn't that that only instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who from but one child x in some then be[pres.sg.23] only last number too x in some be[pres.sg.23] .
466BapDada has special love for each child. 467It is not that He has love for only those who are instruments, but each child is one of the lucky handful out of multimillions. 468Even the last number is one out of multimillions.
403तो जो कोटो में कोई है वह तो महान हो गया ना . tō jō kōṭō mē̃ kōī hai vah tō mahān hō gayā nā . tō jō[pn.;d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . then that x in some be[pres.sg.23] that then great be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
469So, those who are a handful out of multimillions are great, are they not?
404लेकिन कैसा भी कोई हो लास्ट हो उसके प्रति भी सदा उसको आगे बढ़ाने के लिए एक तो एक दो को स्वमान की दृष्टि से देखो हर एक का स्वमान है लास्ट नम्बर का भी स्वमान है कोटो में कोई है . lēkin kaisā bhī kōī hō last hō uskē prati bhī sadā uskō āgē baṛhānē kē liē ēk tō ēk dō kō svamān key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhō har ēk kā svamān hai last number kā bhī svamān hai kōṭō mē̃ kōī hai . lēkin kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] last hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] uskā[pn.sg.kē] prati bhī[p.] sadā vah[pn.sg.kō] āgē baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ēk[adj.] tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] svamān[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] last number kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but how too some (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) last (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) of that[.kē] for too constantly that[.kō] previously increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] for one then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to self-respect (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] each one of self-respect be[pres.sg.23] last number of too self-respect be[pres.sg.23] x in some be[pres.sg.23] .
470No matter what someone, even the last one, is like, always look at one another with a vision of respect in order to make him move forward. 471Each one has self-respect, even the last number has his self-respect, he is one out of multimillions.
405प्रेजीडेंट से तो अच्छा है . president sē tō achchhā hai . president sē[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . president from then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
472He is better than the President.
406पहचाना तो है मेरा बाबा तो कहता है . pahchānā tō hai mērā bābā tō kahtā hai . pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] I[.kā] Baba then say[pres.sg.m.23] .
473He has at least had recognition and says, "My Baba".
407तो स्वमान में रहो और सम्मान दो . tō svamān mē̃ rahō aur sammān dō . tō svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . then self-respect in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and respect (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
474So, maintain your self-respect and give respect.
408एकता लास्ट नम्बर भी एक बाबा का बच्चा है . ēktā last number bhī ēk bābā kā bachchā hai . ēktā[n.f.;sg.] last number bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . unity last number too one Baba of child be[pres.sg.23] .
475Unity. 476Even the last number is child of Baba.
409बाबा को सामने लाओ उसकी गलती को सामने नहीं लाओ . bābā kō sāmnē lāō uskī galatī|galtī kō sāmnē nahī̃ lāō . bābā kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] kō[postp.] sāmnē nahī̃[neg] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Baba to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kī] (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) to x not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
477Bring Baba in front of you, do not bring that one's mistake in front of you.
410परिवार का है उसमें उमंग लाओ उत्साह लाओ चलो गलतियां भी करते हैं बापदादा को मालूम है क्या क्या गलतियां करते हैं वह छिपती नहीं हैं लेकिन हर एक अपने आपसे पूछे मैं ब्रह्माकुमारी ब्रह्माकुमार बना क्यों लक्ष्य क्या ? parivār kā hai usmē̃ umaṅg lāō utsāh lāō chalō galatiyā̃ bhī kartē haĩ bāpdādā kō mālūm hai kyā kyā galatiyā̃ kartē haĩ vah chhiptī nahī̃ haĩ lēkin har ēk apnē āpsē pūchhē maĩ brahmākumārī brahmākumār banā kyō̃ lakṣhya kyā ? parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] galatī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā kyā galatī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] chhipnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] brahmākumārī[x] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyō̃ lakṣhya[adj.] kyā ? family of be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] zeal x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] enthusiasm x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mistake too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada to x be[pres.sg.23] what what mistake do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that secretly[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but each one one’s own you[.sē] (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) I Brahma Kumari Brahma Kumar (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) why aim what ?
478He belongs to this family. 479Give him zeal and enthusiasm. 480Yes, they do make mistakes and BapDada knows what mistakes they make, these cannot be hidden, but each one of you should ask yourself: Why did I become a Brahma Kumar or Kumari? 481What was my aim?
411जो लक्ष्य रखके आये सिर्फ अपने को बचाने का नहीं दालरोटी मिल रही है संगठन अच्छा है ब्राह्मण जीवन में खिटराग से सेफ हो गये … इस लक्ष्य से नहीं आये . jō lakṣhya rakhkē āyē sirph apnē kō bachānē kā nahī̃ dālarōṭī mil rahī hai saṅgaṭhan achchhā hai brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ khiṭarāg sē safe hō gayē … is lakṣhya sē nahī̃ āyē . jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[abs.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bachānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] x milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] saṅgaṭhan[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x sē[postp.] safe hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] … yah[pn.sg.o.] lakṣhya[adj.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . that aim keep[abs.] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) only one’s own to save[inf.m.pl.,o.] of not x receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] gathering achcha be[pres.sg.23] Brahmin life in x from safe be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] … this aim from not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
482The aim that you kept, not that of just saving yourself, that you are receiving dal and roti and that this gathering is good and in Brahmin life, you have been saved from conflict. 483You have not come here with that aim.
412लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा ले आये लेकिन अभी कहाँ कहाँ लक्ष्य और लक्षण में अन्तर आ गया है . lakṣhya bahut achchhā lē āyē lēkin abhī kahā̃ kahā̃ lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ mē̃ antar ā gayā hai . lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] kahā̃ kahā̃ lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . aim very achcha take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] but now where where aim and qualification in difference come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
484You brought a very good aim with you, but, at present, in some cases, there is a difference in the aim and its qualifications.
413बापदादा को सब पता है सिर्फ नाम नहीं लेते कभी वह भी समय आयेगा . bāpdādā kō sab patā hai sirph nām nahī̃ lētē kabhī vah bhī samay āyēgā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sab[adj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kabhī[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada to all knowledge be[pres.sg.23] only name not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ever that too time come[fut.m.sg.23] .
485BapDada knows everything, still He is not mentioning any names. 486But that time will also come.
414जो करता है बापदादा ने देखा कि मैजारिटी संगदोष में बहुत आते हैं . jō kartā hai bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki majority saṅgdōṣh mē̃ bahut ātē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] majority saṅgdōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that do[pres.sg.m.23] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that majority bad company in very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
487Whoever does something - BapDada has seen that the majority is influenced by company and their conscience also bites them.
415दिल भी खाती है करना नहीं चाहिए लेकिन संग का रंग बाप के संग का रंग कम लगा है इसीलिए वह रंग लग जाता है . dil bhī khātī hai karnā nahī̃ chāhiē lēkin saṅg kā raṅg bāp K|kē saṅg kā raṅg cum|kam lagā hai isīliē vah raṅg lag jātā hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khānā[pres.sg.f.23] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] lēkin saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isīliē vah[pn.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . heart too eat[pres.sg.f.23] do[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) but company of (x[root]|colour) father (K|of) company of (x[root]|colour) (x|less) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x that (x[root]|colour) x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
488They feel that they should not do something, but they are coloured by the company. 489They are not so much coloured with the colour of the Father's company and this is why they are coloured with another colour.
416बापदादा फिर भी सभी बच्चों को प्यार देकर कहते हैं कि अपना वर्तमान और भविष्य निर्विघ्न बनाओ . bāpdādā phir bhī sabhī bachchō̃ kō pyār dēkar kahtē haĩ ki apnā vartamān aur bhaviṣhya nirvighna banāō . bāpdādā phir bhī[x] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] vartamān[adj.] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada nevertheless all child to love give[abs.] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (one’s own|adopt[root]) present and future free from obstacles create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
490Nevertheless, BapDada still gives love to all the children and says to them: Make your present and future free from obstacles.
417संगदोष में नहीं आओ . saṅgdōṣh mē̃ nahī̃ āō . saṅgdōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . bad company in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
491Do not be influenced by company.
418संगदोष में आ जाते हैं टैम्पटेशन है संगदोष में नहीं आओ . saṅgdōṣh mē̃ ā jātē haĩ temptation hai saṅgdōṣh mē̃ nahī̃ āō . saṅgdōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] temptation hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅgdōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . bad company in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] temptation be[pres.sg.23] bad company in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
492You become influenced by company because there is temptation. 493Do not be influenced by company.
419हद की प्राप्तियों के आकर्षण में नहीं आओ क्योंकि बापदादा को तरस पड़ता है कि कहता है मेरा बाबा कहता है मेरा बाबा और करता क्या है ? had key|kī prāptiyō̃ K|kē ākarṣhaṇ mē̃ nahī̃ āō kyōṅki bāpdādā kō taras paṛtā hai ki kahtā hai mērā bābā kahtā hai mērā bābā aur kartā kyā hai ? had[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā kō[postp.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment (K|of) attraction in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada to mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] that say[pres.sg.m.23] I[.kā] Baba say[pres.sg.m.23] I[.kā] Baba and do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
494Do not be attracted by limited attainment because BapDada feels mercy: You say, "My Baba". 495You say "My Baba", and what do you do?
420इसलिए आज होली का दिन है ऐसी ऐसी बातें समझदार बनके जला दो . isliē āj hōlī|holy kā din hai aisī aisī bātē̃ samajhdār bankē jalā dō . isliē āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] samajhdār[adj.] bannā[abs.] jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . therefore today (Holi|holy) of day be[pres.sg.23] such such matter sensible become[abs.] burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
496So today is Holi and, therefore, be sensible and burn such things.
421फिर भी टूलेट के बोर्ड से आगे बदल जाओ बापदादा मदद करेगा लेकिन सच्ची दिल को . phir bhī toolate K|kē board sē āgē badal jāō bāpdādā madad karēgā lēkin sachchī dil kō . phir bhī[x] too late K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] board sē[postp.] āgē badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] bāpdādā madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] . nevertheless too late (K|of) board from previously change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] BapDada x do[fut.m.sg.23] but true heart to .
497Change before the board of "too late" is put up. 498BapDada will help, but only those who have a true heart.
422साफ दिल मुराद हांसिल करके देखो दिल से . sāph dil murād hā̃sil karkē dēkhō dil sē . sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . clean heart x fulfilled do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] heart from .
499When your heart is clean, your hopes will be fulfilled.
423सच्ची दिल और मुराद हांसिल नहीं हो हो नहीं सकता . sachchī dil aur murād hā̃sil nahī̃ hō hō nahī̃ saktā . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . true heart and x fulfilled not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
500Try this with your heart and see. 501It is not possible when you have a true heart that your hopes are not fulfilled.
424होली में रंग लगाते हैं ना उल्टा सुल्टा भी लगा देते हैं . hōlī|holy mē̃ raṅg lagātē haĩ nā ulṭā sulṭā bhī lagā dētē haĩ . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . (Holi|holy) in (x[root]|colour) attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ upside down the right way up too attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
502At Holi, they colour everyone and even in a wrong way.
425तो आज होली मनाओ उल्टे रंग को बाप के रंग में रंग लो . tō āj hōlī|holy manāō ulṭē raṅg kō bāp K|kē raṅg mē̃ raṅg lō . tō āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . then today (Holi|holy) celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] upside down (x[root]|colour) to father (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
503So, today, celebrate Holi. 504Colour the wrong way of colouring with the Father's colour.
426अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
505Achcha.
427आज होली है ना तो बापदादा ने भी कह दिया है तरस पड़ता है . āj hōlī|holy hai nā tō bāpdādā nē bhī kah diyā hai taras paṛtā hai . āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . today (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then BapDada ∅ too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
506Today is Holi and so BapDada has said what He wanted. 507He feels mercy.
428अच्छा - ओम् शान्ति . achchhā - ōm śhānti . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ōm śhānti[x] . achcha - Om Shanti .
508Achcha. 509Om shanti.
429दादियों से : आज एडवांस पार्टी ने गेवर इमर्ज किया . dādiyō̃ sē : āj advance party nē gēvar emerge kiyā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āj advance party[x] nē[postp.] x emerge karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Dadi from : today advance party ∅ x emerge do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
510Speaking to the Dadis: Today, the advance party made the ghevar emerge (sweet toli, similar to jalebi).
430आपको भी खिलाया . āpkō bhī khilāyā . āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] khilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.kō] too feed[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
511You were also fed that.
431दीदी तो बहुत उमंग में थी दादी भी . dīdī tō bahut umaṅg mē̃ thī dādī bhī . dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bahut umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.f] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] . didi then very zeal in be[past.f] Dadi too .
512Didi was very enthusiastic. 513Dadi too.
432जिम्मेवार रही है ना . jimmēvār rahī hai nā . jimmēvār[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . x remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ . 433तो अभी भी जिम्मेवारी तो याद आती है . tō abhī bhī jimmēvārī tō yād ātī hai . tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then now too responsibility then remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] .
514They were responsible ones and so they remember their responsibilities even now.
434अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
515It is good.
435निर्मलशान्ता दादी से : अपनी सूरत से बाप की मूर्त दिखाती रहती हो . nirmalśhāntā dādī sē : apnī sūrat sē bāp key|kī mūrt dikhātī rahtī hō . nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] . Nirmal Shanta Dadi from : one’s own x from father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) image x[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
516To Dadi Nirmal Shanta: You continue to show the Father's image through your face.
436आपको देख के सभी को ब्रह्मा बाप याद आता है . āpkō dēkh K|kē sabhī kō brahmā bāp yād ātā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . you[.kō] see[root] (K|of) all to Brahma father remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] .
517Seeing you, everyone remembers Father Brahma.
437अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
518It is good.
438अपनी तबियत को सम्भालके चला रही हो बहुत अच्छा . apnī tabiyat kō sambhālkē chalā rahī hō bahut achchhā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[abs.] chalānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . one’s own health to be careful[abs.] x[pres.pl.f.acc.2] very achcha .
519You are looking after your health carefully. 520Very good.
439 ( परदादी का होली पर अलौकिक बर्थ डे है ) बर्थ डे है सारे पुण्य जमा किया है . ( pardādī kā hōlī|holy par alaukik birth day hai ) birth day hai sārē puṇya jamā kiyā hai . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] alaukik[adj.] birth day[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) birth day[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta of (Holi|holy) (at|other) alokik birthday be[pres.sg.23] ) birthday be[pres.sg.23] the whole charity accumulate .
521(Par Dadi's alokik birthday is on the day of Holi.) 522It is your birthday. 523You have accumulated so much charity.
440अच्छा परदादी का बर्थ डे है . achchhā pardādī kā birth day hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha Dadi Nirmal Shanta of birthday be[pres.sg.23] .
524Achcha, it is Par Dadi's birthday.
441 ( बापदादा ने फूलों की माला पहनाई खुश बहुत रहती है ) यही पुरानों की विशेषता है आदि रत्न हैं ना तो घबराते नहीं हैं खुश रहते हैं . ( bāpdādā nē phūlō̃ key|kī mālā pahnāī khuśh bahut rahtī hai ) yahī purānō̃ key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai ādi ratna haĩ nā tō ghabrātē nahī̃ haĩ khuśh rahtē haĩ . ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] pahnānā[past-part.f.] khuśh[adj.] bahut rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ) yahī[pn.;d.] purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ( BapDada ∅ flower (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland make wear[past-part.f.] happy very remain[pres.sg.f.23] ) this old (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] etc. jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
525(BapDada garlanded her with a garland of flowers. 526She remains very happy.) 527This is the speciality of the old ones. 528They are the original jewels, and so they are not afraid. 529They remain happy.
442शान्तामणि दादी से : कोई न कोई सेवा करते रहते . śāntāmaṇi dādī sē : kōī na kōī sēvā kartē rahtē . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x Dadi from : one .. or another service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 443चाहे मुरली सुनाने की चाहे सभी से मिलने की करती रहती हो और करती भी रहेंगी . chāhē murlī sunānē kī chāhē sabhī sē milnē key|kī kartī rahtī hō aur kartī bhī rahē̃gī . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur karnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) flute speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] all from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) do[pres.pl.f.2.pres-part+rahnā] and do[pres-part.f.] too remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
530To Dadi Shantamani: Continue to do one or another service - whether of reading the murli or meeting everyone. 531You are doing it and will continue to do it.
444मूर्तियां हैं यह भी . mūrtiyā̃ haĩ yah bhī . mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . image be[pres.pl.12hon3] this too .
532They are all idols.
445बृजमोहन भाई से : दिल्ली का प्रोग्राम जो बनाया है वह अच्छा बना है और अच्छा रहेगा . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē : dillī kā programme jō banāyā hai vah achchhā banā hai aur achchhā rahēgā . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] : dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme jō[pn.;d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Brij Mohan (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from : Delhi of programme that create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that achcha become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and achcha remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
533To Brother Brijmohan: The programme you made for Delhi is good and will be good.
446रमेश भाई से : आपस में जो मिलते हो वह बहुत अच्छा है क्योंकि अटेन्शन रहता है अपने पुरूषार्थ का भी और सेवा का भी . ramēśh bhāī sē : āpas mē̃ jō miltē hō vah bahut achchhā hai kyōṅki attention rahtā hai apnē purūṣhārth kā bhī aur sēvā kā bhī . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] : āpas mē̃[x] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki attention rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . Rameshbhai from : with each other that receive[pres.pl.m.2] that very achcha be[pres.sg.23] because attention remain[pres.sg.m.23] one’s own effort of too and service of too .
534To Rameshbhai: the meeting that you have amongst yourselves is very good because there is attention paid to your own efforts and also to service.
447जो प्वाइंटस निकालते हो वह अच्छा है . jō points nikāltē hō vah achchhā hai . jō[pn.;d.] point nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that point x[pres.pl.m.2] that achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 448बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
535The points that you extract are good and BapDada is pleased.
449वी . आई . पी ग्रुप के साथ : आप सभी स्नेही तो हैं ही सहयोगी भी हैं . V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī group kē sāth : āp sabhī snēhī tō haĩ hī sahyōgī bhī haĩ . V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] group kē sāth[x] : āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] snēhī[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) group with : you all loving then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only co-operative too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
536Speaking to a VIP group: All of you are loving. 537You are also co-operative.
450स्नेह है ना बाप से और स्नेही समय प्रति समय सहयोगी भी हैं . snēh hai nā bāp sē aur snēhī samay prati samay sahyōgī bhī haĩ . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur snēhī[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ father from and loving time for time co-operative too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
538You have love for the Father, do you not? 539And, from time to time, you are also co-operative.
451अब क्या बनना है ? ab kyā bannā hai ? ab[adv.] kyā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
540What do you now have to become?
452स्नेही हो सहयोगी हो अभी क्या बनना है ? snēhī hō sahyōgī hō abhī kyā bannā hai ? snēhī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] kyā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) now what become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
541You are loving and co-operative and so what do you have to become now?
453 ( बच्चा बनना है ) अच्छा बच्चा बनना है कि हैं ! ( bachchā bannā hai ) achchhā bachchā bannā hai ki haĩ ! ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! ( child become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achcha child become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
542(To become a child of Baba) Achcha, do you want to become a child or are you that already?
454बच्चा है या बनना है ? bachchā hai yā bannā hai ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? child be[pres.sg.23] or become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
543Are you a child or do you want to become one?
455क्या कहेंगे ? kyā kahē̃gē ? kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
544What would you say?
456बच्चा हैं ? bachchā haĩ ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
545Are you a child?
457तो समान बाप बनना है . tō samān bāp bannā hai . tō samān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then equal father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
546So, you have to become equal to the Father.
458तो अच्छा है दिल से निकलता है ना मेरा बाबा . tō achchhā hai dil sē nikaltā hai nā mērā bābā . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] heart from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ I[.kā] Baba .
547So, it is good that it emerges from your heart, "Mera Baba".
459अभी धीरे धीरे अपने को इस सेवा में और थोड़ा पार्ट बढ़ाओ . abhī dhīrē dhīrē apnē kō is sēvā mē̃ aur thōṛā part baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] dhīrē dhīrē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aur thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x x one’s own to this service in and short part increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
548Now, gradually, increase your part in this service a little more.
460अपना अपना काम तो करना है वह ठीक है बाबा को पहचाना यह भी ठीक है अभी सेवा में चाहे यज्ञ सेवा चाहे बाहर वालों की सेवा इस सेवा के पार्ट को ज्यादा बढ़ाओ . apnā apnā kām tō karnā hai vah ṭhīk hai bābā kō pahchānā yah bhī ṭhīk hai abhī sēvā mē̃ chāhē yagya sēvā chāhē bāhar vālō̃ key|kī sēvā is sēvā K|kē part kō jyādā baṛhāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bābā kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bāhar vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) (task|lust) then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that OK be[pres.sg.23] Baba to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] this too OK be[pres.sg.23] now service in (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) sacrificial fire service (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) outside those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service this service (K|of) part to more increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
549You have to do your own work and that is good. 550It is also good that you have recognised the Father. 551Now, in service, whether in serving the yagya or in serving people outside, increase your part of doing this service a little more.
461थोड़ा समय ज्यादा देना पड़ेगा . thōṛā samay jyādā dēnā paṛēgā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . short time more give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . 462क्योंकि आप लोगों को देखके औरों में आपका अनुभव सुनके उमंग आता है . kyōṅki āp lōgō̃ kō dēkhkē aurō̃ mē̃ āpkā anubhav sunkē umaṅg ātā hai . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] aurō̃ mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . because you people to see[abs.] others in you[.kā] experience listen[abs.] zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] . 463डर उतर जाता है . ḍar utar jātā hai . ḍarnā[root]|ḍar[n.m.;sg.,d.] utarnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (have fear[root]|x) go down[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
552You will have to give a little more time because when others see you and hear your experience, they feel enthusiastic and their fear is removed.
464तो आप सेवा करो . tō āp sēvā karō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
553So you should do service.
465 ( कनुप्रिया बहन जो आस्था चैनल पर प्रोग्राम देती हैं ) इसको तो भाग्य मिल गया है घर बैठे भाग्य मिला है . ( kanupriyā bahan jō āsthā channel par programme dētī haĩ ) iskō tō bhāgya mil gayā hai ghar baiṭhē bhāgya milā hai . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] x channel par[postp.]|par[adj.] programme dēnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ) yah[pn.sg.kō] tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( x x that x channel (at|other) programme give[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ) this[.kō] then x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
554(Kanupriya - sister who interviews people on Astha Channel on TV.) 555This one has received fortune; you have received fortune while sitting at home.
466कितनी आत्माओं को रास्ता बताती हो वाणी द्वारा सेवा तो करती हो अच्छा है . kitnī ātmāō̃ kō rāstā batātī hō vāṇī dvārā sēvā tō kartī hō achchhā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] batānā[pres.pl.f.2] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.f.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so soul to path tell[pres.pl.f.2] words through service then do[pres.pl.f.2] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
556You show the path to so many souls. 557You serve through words anyway. 558That is good.
467अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 468कुछ भी हो लेकिन बाबा के हो . kuchh bhī hō lēkin bābā K|kē hō . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but Baba (K|of) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
559Achcha, no matter what, you belong to Baba.
469इस स्मृति में आगे बढ़ते जाओ और चेक करो तो दिनप्रतिदिन आगे बढ़ रहे हैं कि वहाँ के वहाँ हैं क्योंकि उन्नति चाहिए ना . is smr̥iti mē̃ āgē baṛhtē jāō aur check karō tō dinpratidin āgē baṛh rahē haĩ ki vahā̃ K|kē vahā̃ haĩ kyōṅki unnati chāhiē nā . yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō pratidin āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] vahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā . this awareness in previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then day by day previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that there (K|of) there be[pres.pl.12hon3] because self-progress (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ .
560Continue to move forward with this awareness and day by day, check whether you are moving forward or stuck in the same place, because there has to be progress.
470तो दिनप्रतिदिन आगे क्या बढ़े एडीशन क्या हुआ यह चेक करो . tō dinpratidin āgē kyā baṛhē addition kyā huā yah check karō . tō pratidin āgē kyā baṛhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baṛhnā[opt.sg.23] addition kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then day by day previously what (grow[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|grow[opt.sg.23]) addition what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
561So day by day, check how much you moved forward and what addition there was.
471अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
562Achcha.
563* * * O M S H A N T I * * *